{"title":"Hot Food Display","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTypes of hot food display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBain maries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wet bain marie holds gastronorm pans over a heated water bath, which gives gentle, even, moist heat that stops curries, stews, vegetables and sauces drying out. The Atosa BM range runs from the 740mm BM2 (4 x 1\/2 GN pans) to the 2060mm BM6 (12 x 1\/2 GN pans), with a glass display canopy, double skinned insulation and a 10 amp plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHeated display cabinets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeated display cabinets have glass on the customer side and shelves inside, perfect for pies, sausage rolls, chicken, burgers and wrapped hot snacks. The Bonvue H-SL, H-SLP deluxe and SG heated displays use fan-forced airflow with humidity to keep food moist, and match the Bonvue chilled food displays so your hot and cold cabinets line up on the counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCountertop hot food displays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor small shops and service stations, the Atosa WHF (square glass) and WHY (curved glass) countertop displays sit right next to the register in 700mm and 900mm widths. See also our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003eCountertop Displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to choose a hot food display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are you selling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaucy, wet foods like curries, rice and vegetables suit a bain marie. Dry, wrapped or crumbed foods like pies, chicken and burgers suit a heated display cabinet, where food sits on shelves instead of in pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSize\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount the number of pans or products you want on display at your busiest time. For bain maries, each 1\/2 GN pan holds one dish, so a BM4 with 8 x 1\/2 GN pans gives you eight choices. For heated cabinets, our range runs from 600mm to 1200mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTemperature\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAustralian food safety rules require hot food to be held at 60°C or above. Our displays adjust from 30°C up to 85°C or 90°C depending on the model, with digital controls on most units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHolding, not cooking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot food displays are designed to hold food that is already cooked and hot. They are not designed to cook or reheat, so always heat food to temperature in an oven first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing a hot food display safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreheat the display before loading, load food that is already above 60°C, and check temperatures with a probe thermometer during service. For bain maries, keep the water at the right level and never let it run dry. Clean pans, shelves and glass daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAnvil hot food displays and ICE heat lamps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also stock \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anvil\"\u003eAnvil\u003c\/a\u003e square glass 3 and 4 tier heated displays from 600mm to 1200mm wide (including self-service models), countertop hot food showcases, pie warmers, a chip warmer and sauce bottle warmers. From \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ice\"\u003eICE\u003c\/a\u003e we stock benchtop heat lamps with 1 to 5 lamps and pendant heat lamps with an adjustable drop in a choice of finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUniq buffet chafing dishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also stock \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/uniq\"\u003eUniq\u003c\/a\u003e electric chafing dishes in black, white, green or beige and an 8 litre soup kettle, with digital temperature control from 35°C to 85°C for buffets and catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSaro heat lamps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also stock \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/saro\"\u003eSaro\u003c\/a\u003e Henry, Bonnie and Clyde pendant heat lamps, made in Italy, in aluminium, copper or chrome with a 600 to 1300mm adjustable drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery, warranty and our price-beat guarantee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe deliver Australia-wide by tailgate truck, usually within 2 to 5 business days to Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and Adelaide and 4 to 12 days elsewhere. Every display comes with the manufacturer's warranty, and prices are shown ex GST with the GST-inclusive price alongside. Found a lower price? Send us the link under our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/price-beat-guarantee\"\u003ePrice-Beat Guarantee\u003c\/a\u003e and we'll send you a one-off discount code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHot food display FAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat temperature should a hot food display be?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot food must be held at 60°C or above. Set the display high enough that the food itself stays above 60°C, and check it with a probe thermometer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between a bain marie and a pie warmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bain marie uses a heated water bath under pans for moist foods like curries and vegetables. A pie warmer or heated display cabinet uses dry or humidified heated air around shelves for pies, rolls and wrapped snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I reheat food in a hot food display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Hot food displays are designed to hold hot food, not reheat it. Heat food to temperature first, then transfer it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo you deliver Australia-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We deliver to every state by tailgate truck. Standard delivery is to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated categories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cake-sandwich-display-fridges\"\u003eCake \u0026amp; Sandwich Display Fridges\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003eCountertop Displays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/commercial-convection-ovens\"\u003eCommercial Convection Ovens\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/combi-ovens\"\u003eCommercial Combi Ovens\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"h-sl830-bonvue-heated-food-display","title":"Bonvue FED H-SL830 - 900mm Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SL830 - 900mm Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurved front glass gives the Bonvue H-SL830 a classic, softer look for showing warm pastries, meats, pizza and breads. This 900mm heated cabinet has four display levels (three wire shelves plus the floor) and 310 litres gross, with fan-forced thermal airflow and humidity holding +30°C to +85°C. Lighting runs over each level, the trim and shelving are black, and staff load through sliding rear doors. The squared-glass H-SL830V is the same width with more volume, at 420 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved glass front on a stainless steel body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour display levels: three wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack trim and black shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced thermal airflow and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control and read-out, +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting over each level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding rear doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SL830\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 310 litres gross\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 740 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 152 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1126W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3 wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: curved front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 900 x 950 x 1520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e this is a hot food holding cabinet and is not designed to heat product, so food must go in already hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 900 x 950 x 1520 mm, and the cabinet weighs 152 kg. Check doorways and the path to your counter. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e leave room behind the cabinet for staff to use the sliding doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl830v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL830V\u003c\/a\u003e: same width with squared glass, 420 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl840-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL840\u003c\/a\u003e: curved glass, 1200mm wide, 430 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sl830-bonvue-chilled-food-display\"\u003eBonvue SL830\u003c\/a\u003e: the matching 900mm curved glass chilled display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf830v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF830V\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm heated display with adjustable glass shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between the H-SL830 and the H-SL830V?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are 900mm wide with four display levels and the same temperature range. The H-SL830 has curved front glass and 310 litres gross; the H-SL830V has squared glass and 420 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan it pair with a chilled display?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The SL830 is the chilled 900mm curved glass model, and FED designed the H-SL series to work alongside Bonvue's chilled SL displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It plugs into a standard 10 A power point, so no trade connection is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45115047936228,"sku":"H-SL830","price":3272.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/h-sl830_1.jpg?v=1715774281"},{"product_id":"h-sl840-bonvue-heated-food-display","title":"Bonvue FED H-SL840 - 1200mm Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SL840 - 1200mm Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue H-SL840 is the 1200mm curved-glass hot food display in the H-SL series, giving a bakery, pizzeria or takeaway a long, rounded showcase for warm food. It has 430 litres gross over four levels (three wire shelves plus the floor), lighting over each level and fan-forced thermal airflow with humidity, holding +30°C to +85°C. Black trim and shelving sit against a stainless steel body, and staff load through sliding rear doors. Choose the squared-glass H-SL840V if you want the most room, at 570 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1200mm curved glass hot food display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e430 litres gross across four display levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree wire shelves plus the floor, in black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced thermal airflow and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control and read-out, +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLights over each level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding rear doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel body that is easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SL840\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 430 litres gross\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1200 W x 740 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 198 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1290W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3 wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: curved front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1250 x 900 x 1520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e it holds hot food at serving temperature but is not designed to heat product, so load it with food that is already hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it measures 1250 x 900 x 1520 mm and the cabinet weighs 198 kg, so plan for several people to move it. Check doorways first. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow space at the back for the sliding doors and for staff to work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl840v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL840V\u003c\/a\u003e: same width with squared glass, 570 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl830-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL830\u003c\/a\u003e: curved glass, 900mm wide, 310 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sl840-bonvue-chilled-food-display\"\u003eBonvue SL840\u003c\/a\u003e: the matching 1200mm curved glass chilled display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf840v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF840V\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm heated display with adjustable glass shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCurved or squared glass: which should I choose?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe curved H-SL840 has a softer, classic look and 430 litres gross. The squared H-SL840V is the same size outside but holds 570 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow hot does it keep food?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds between +30°C and +85°C, set on the digital controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power does it draw?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED rates it at 1290W on 240V with a standard 10 A plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45115047968996,"sku":"H-SL840","price":3706.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/h-sl840.jpg?v=1715774292"},{"product_id":"h-sl820v-bonvue-heated-food-display","title":"Bonvue FED H-SL820V - 600mm Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SL820V - 600mm Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShort on floor space but want a full-height hot display? The Bonvue H-SL820V packs four display levels and 370 litres gross into a 600mm wide squared-glass cabinet. Fan-forced thermal airflow with humidity holds +30°C to +85°C, there is lighting over each level, and staff load through sliding rear doors. Black trim and black wire shelving give it the same look as Bonvue's chilled SL displays, which FED designed it to sit alongside. It is a holding cabinet, so food should go in already hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour display levels: three wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquared glass cabinet with black trim and black shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced thermal airflow and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds +30°C to +85°C with digital temperature control and read-out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting over each level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding rear doors for staff loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction that is easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SL820V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 370 litres gross\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 600 W x 740 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 135 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 986W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3 wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody: stainless steel with black trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED states this is a hot food holding cabinet and is not designed to heat product. Load food that is already cooked and hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet is 600 x 740 x 1350 mm and weighs 135 kg. Allow extra for packaging and check doorways. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl830v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL830V\u003c\/a\u003e: squared glass, 900mm wide, 420 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl840v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL840V\u003c\/a\u003e: squared glass, 1200mm wide, 570 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf820v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF820V\u003c\/a\u003e: 600mm heated display with 3 adjustable glass shelves plus base (3+1 tiers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-chilled-food-display-sl820v\"\u003eBonvue SL820V\u003c\/a\u003e: the matching 600mm chilled food display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I heat food up in it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. FED says it is a hot food holding cabinet only and not designed to heat product. Cook or reheat first, then display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it match Bonvue's chilled displays?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. FED designed the H-SL series to work alongside Bonvue's chilled SL displays, so you can run hot and cold side by side in a bakery, pizzeria or takeaway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 10 A power point. FED rates it at 986W on 240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45130421698788,"sku":"H-SL820V","price":2898.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/h-sl830v-heated-food-display_1_1.jpg?v=1715954738"},{"product_id":"h-sl830v-bonvue-heated-food-display","title":"Bonvue FED H-SL830V - 900mm Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SL830V - 900mm Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue H-SL830V is a 900mm squared-glass hot food showcase for bakeries, pizzerias and takeaways that want warm pastries, meats, pizza, pasta and breads on full display. Square glass gives it more room than the curved H-SL830, at 420 litres gross over four levels: three wire shelves plus the floor. Fan-forced thermal airflow and humidity hold +30°C to +85°C, each level is lit, and staff load through sliding rear doors. Black trim and shelving match Bonvue's chilled SL displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e420 litres gross in a 900mm squared-glass cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour display levels: three wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced thermal airflow and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e+30°C to +85°C with digital temperature control and read-out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting over every level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding rear doors for staff access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel exterior frame with black trim and shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SL830V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 420 litres gross\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 740 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 170 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1126W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3 wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: squared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 900 x 950 x 1520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED notes this is a hot food holding cabinet only and is not designed to heat product. Put food in hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 900 x 950 x 1520 mm, and the unit weighs 170 kg. Measure doorways and allow enough people to move it. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl830-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL830\u003c\/a\u003e: same width with curved glass, 310 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl820v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL820V\u003c\/a\u003e: squared glass, 600mm wide, 370 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl840v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL840V\u003c\/a\u003e: squared glass, 1200mm wide, 570 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sl830v-bonvue-chilled-food-display\"\u003eBonvue SL830V\u003c\/a\u003e: the matching 900mm squared-glass chilled display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat foods suit it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED suggests pastries, meats, pizzas, pastas and breads, held warm once they are cooked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhy choose the V model over the curved H-SL830?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe squared glass gives more space: 420 litres gross against 310 litres, in the same 900 x 740 x 1350 mm size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power point does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 10 A power point. FED rates it at 1126W on 240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45130720542948,"sku":"H-SL830V","price":3272.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/sl830v_front_1.jpg?v=1715958880"},{"product_id":"h-sl840v-bonvue-heated-food-display","title":"Bonvue FED H-SL840V - 1200mm Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SL840V - 1200mm Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith 570 litres gross, the Bonvue H-SL840V has the most room of any H-SL heated display, in a 1200mm squared-glass cabinet with black trim and shelving. Four display levels (three wire shelves plus the floor) are each lit, and fan-forced thermal airflow with humidity holds +30°C to +85°C under a digital controller. Staff restock through sliding rear doors. Set it beside one of Bonvue's chilled SL displays for a matching hot and cold run in a bakery, pizzeria or takeaway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e570 litres gross in a 1200mm squared-glass cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour display levels: three black wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced thermal airflow and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control and read-out, +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting over each level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding rear doors for staff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel exterior frame with black trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SL840V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 570 litres gross\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1200 W x 740 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 198 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1248W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3 wire shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: squared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1250 x 900 x 1520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED states it is a hot food holding cabinet and is not designed to heat product. Food should be cooked and hot before it goes in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 1250 x 900 x 1520 mm, and the unit weighs 198 kg. Check your doorways and plan enough people to move it. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl840-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL840\u003c\/a\u003e: same width with curved glass, 430 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl830v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL830V\u003c\/a\u003e: squared glass, 900mm wide, 420 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf840v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF840V\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm heated display with adjustable glass shelves and glass on all four sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sl840v-bonvue-chilled-food-display\"\u003eBonvue SL840V\u003c\/a\u003e: the matching 1200mm squared-glass chilled display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan it reheat cold food?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a holding cabinet only, designed to keep hot food warm on display, not to heat it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWill it match my Bonvue chilled display?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe H-SL series is designed to work alongside Bonvue's chilled SL displays. The SL840V is the 1200mm squared-glass chilled model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It plugs into a standard 10 A power point, so there is nothing for a trade to connect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45130720739556,"sku":"H-SL840V","price":3706.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/sl840v_the_front_after_lighting_up_1.jpg?v=1715958889"},{"product_id":"atosa-why125l","title":"Atosa WHY125L - Countertop Curved Glass Hot Food Display 700mm 125L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa WHY125L - Countertop Curved Glass Hot Food Display 700mm 125L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa WHY125L is a 700mm countertop hot food display with front curved glass, made to keep pies, pastries, sausage rolls and other hot snacks warm and on show at the counter. It heats from 30°C to 90°C, with a temperature display, adjustable stainless steel shelves, sliding doors and an interior light. It holds 125 litres. The square-glass WHF150L is the same width with more space, and the WHY160L is the 900mm curved version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront curved glass for a clear view of the food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable stainless steel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 700mm countertop footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa WHY125L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 125 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 700 W x 580 D x 678 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 43 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1100W, 220V 50Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: front curved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 784 W x 641 D x 790 H mm, 63 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs a sturdy bench at least 700mm wide and 580mm deep, able to take 43 kg plus the food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it arrives packed at 784 x 641 x 790 mm and 63 kg, by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking, so check your doorways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100W on single-phase 220V power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-why160l\"\u003eAtosa WHY160L\u003c\/a\u003e: same curved glass style, 900mm wide, 160 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf150l\"\u003eAtosa WHF150L\u003c\/a\u003e: same 700mm width with square glass, 150 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf200l\"\u003eAtosa WHF200L\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm square glass, 200 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm2\"\u003eAtosa BM2\u003c\/a\u003e: 740mm wet bain marie for 4 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between the WHY and WHF models?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe WHY models have front curved glass. The WHF models have square glass and hold more for the same width (150 litres at 700mm, compared with 125 litres here).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I move the shelves?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stainless steel shelves are adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat temperature does it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is adjustable from 30°C to 90°C, with a temperature display so staff can check it at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455266914532,"sku":"WHY125L","price":825.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/why125-why160.png?v=1791495279"},{"product_id":"atosa-why160l","title":"Atosa WHY160L - Countertop Curved Glass Hot Food Display 900mm 160L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa WHY160L - Countertop Curved Glass Hot Food Display 900mm 160L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShow off more hot food with the Atosa WHY160L, a 900mm countertop hot display with front curved glass and 160 litres inside. It keeps pies, pastries, chicken and hot snacks between 30°C and 90°C, with a temperature display, adjustable stainless steel shelves, sliding doors and an interior light. It is the wider partner to the 700mm WHY125L, and the square-glass WHF200L gives 200 litres in the same width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront curved glass display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable stainless steel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e160 litres in a 900mm countertop unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa WHY160L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 160 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 580 D x 678 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 49 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1500W, 220V 50Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: front curved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 984 W x 641 D x 790 H mm, 73 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow a solid bench at least 900mm wide and 580mm deep for the 49 kg unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 984 x 641 x 790 mm and 73 kg. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500W on single-phase 220V power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-why125l\"\u003eAtosa WHY125L\u003c\/a\u003e: same curved glass style, smaller 700mm, 125 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf200l\"\u003eAtosa WHF200L\u003c\/a\u003e: same 900mm width with square glass, 200 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf150l\"\u003eAtosa WHF150L\u003c\/a\u003e: 700mm square glass, 150 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm3\"\u003eAtosa BM3\u003c\/a\u003e: 1070mm wet bain marie for 6 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCurved or square glass: which should I choose?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth heat to the same range. The curved WHY160L holds 160 litres; the square WHF200L holds 200 litres in the same 900mm width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow much bench space do I need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe unit is 900mm wide, 580mm deep and 678mm high, and weighs 49 kg, so it needs a solid counter of at least that footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow much power does it use?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is rated at 1500W on 220V single-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455266947300,"sku":"WHY160L","price":939.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/why125-why160_1.png?v=1791495278"},{"product_id":"atosa-whf150l","title":"Atosa WHF150L - Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display 700mm 150L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa WHF150L - Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display 700mm 150L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa WHF150L packs 150 litres of heated display into a 700mm countertop unit with square glass. It keeps pies, sausage rolls, chicken and other hot snacks at 30°C to 90°C, with a temperature display, adjustable stainless steel shelves, sliding doors and an interior light. Compared with the curved-glass WHY125L of the same width, the square shape gives you 25 litres more space. The WHF200L is the 900mm version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare glass display with 150 litres of space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable stainless steel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e700mm countertop footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa WHF150L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 150 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 700 W x 570 D x 678 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 46 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1100W, 220V 50Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 784 W x 641 D x 790 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e you need a sturdy bench at least 700mm wide and 570mm deep to carry 46 kg plus the food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it ships packed at 784 x 641 x 790 mm, by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, so check doorways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100W on single-phase 220V power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf200l\"\u003eAtosa WHF200L\u003c\/a\u003e: same square glass style, 900mm wide, 200 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-why125l\"\u003eAtosa WHY125L\u003c\/a\u003e: same 700mm width with front curved glass, 125 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-why160l\"\u003eAtosa WHY160L\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm curved glass, 160 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm2\"\u003eAtosa BM2\u003c\/a\u003e: 740mm wet bain marie for 4 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhy choose square glass over curved?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the same 700mm width, the square WHF150L holds 150 litres against 125 litres for the curved WHY125L.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stainless steel shelves can be adjusted to suit the products you display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat temperature range does it have?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e30°C to 90°C, shown on the temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455266980068,"sku":"WHF150L","price":896.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/whf150l-whf200l.png?v=1791495278"},{"product_id":"atosa-whf200l","title":"Atosa WHF200L - Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display 900mm 200L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa WHF200L - Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display 900mm 200L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa WHF200L is the largest of the four Atosa countertop hot displays we sell, with 200 litres behind square glass in a 900mm unit. It suits bakeries, cafes, service stations and takeaways that sell a lot of pies, pastries and hot snacks. It heats from 30°C to 90°C and has a temperature display, adjustable stainless steel shelves, sliding doors and an interior light. The curved-glass WHY160L is the same width but holds 160 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare glass display with 200 litres of space, the most in the range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable stainless steel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e900mm countertop footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa WHF200L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 200 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 570 D x 678 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 55 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1500W, 220V 50Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass: square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 984 W x 641 D x 790 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow a strong bench at least 900mm wide and 570mm deep. The unit weighs 55 kg empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 984 x 641 x 790 mm. It comes by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include moving it inside, so have help ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500W on single-phase 220V power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf150l\"\u003eAtosa WHF150L\u003c\/a\u003e: same square glass style, 700mm wide, 150 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-why160l\"\u003eAtosa WHY160L\u003c\/a\u003e: same 900mm width with front curved glass, 160 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-why125l\"\u003eAtosa WHY125L\u003c\/a\u003e: 700mm curved glass, 125 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm4\"\u003eAtosa BM4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1400mm wet bain marie for 8 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs this the biggest countertop hot display Atosa makes?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOf the four in this range, yes. It holds 200 litres, against 160 litres for the curved WHY160L.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow do staff load and serve from it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThrough the sliding doors, onto adjustable stainless steel shelves that you can set to suit your products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan it hold food at serving temperature?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It adjusts from 30°C to 90°C, with a temperature display on the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455267012836,"sku":"WHF200L","price":1039.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/whf150l-whf200l_1.png?v=1791495279"},{"product_id":"atosa-bm2","title":"Atosa BM2 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 740mm 4 x 1\/2 GN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa BM2 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 740mm 4 x 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa BM2 is the compact model in Atosa's bain marie hot food display range. At 740mm wide it takes 4 x 1\/2 GN or 2 x 1\/1 GN pans and holds hot food anywhere from 30°C to 90°C, which suits a small cafe, takeaway or deli counter. It uses wet heat with a double-skinned body for better insulation, and it runs from a standard 10 A power point. The BM3 to BM6 follow the same design in longer sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds 4 x 1\/2 GN pans or 2 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet (water bath) heat, adjustable from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-skinned construction for added insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1500W, 220–240V, on a standard 10 A supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 740mm footprint for smaller counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood pans sold separately, so you can choose the pan sizes and depths that suit your menu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa BM2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 4 x 1\/2 GN or 2 x 1\/1 GN (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 740 W x 650 D x 755 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1500W, 220–240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation: double skinned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 770 W x 780 D x 910 H mm, 82 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it arrives packed at 770 x 780 x 910 mm and 82 kg. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or up stairs, so check your doorways and plan a hand to move it in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN food pans are not supplied. You will need 4 x 1\/2 GN or 2 x 1\/1 GN pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet heat:\u003c\/strong\u003e it heats the pans over water, so keep the water level up during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm3\"\u003eAtosa BM3\u003c\/a\u003e: 1070mm wide, takes 6 x 1\/2 GN pans, still on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm4\"\u003eAtosa BM4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1400mm wide, takes 8 x 1\/2 GN pans, needs a 15 A outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm6\"\u003eAtosa BM6\u003c\/a\u003e: the largest in the range, 2060mm wide for 12 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf150l\"\u003eAtosa WHF150L\u003c\/a\u003e: 700mm countertop square glass hot display with shelves instead of pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the food pans included?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The BM2 is sold without pans. It takes 4 x 1\/2 GN or 2 x 1\/1 GN pans, which you can buy in the depths that suit your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power point does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 10 A outlet. It draws 1500W on 220–240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow hot does it keep food?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe temperature is adjustable from 30°C up to 90°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455267045604,"sku":"BM2","price":1985.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/bm4.png?v=1791495278"},{"product_id":"atosa-bm3","title":"Atosa BM3 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 1070mm 6 x 1\/2 GN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa BM3 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 1070mm 6 x 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeed more room than the BM2 without moving up to a 15 A circuit? The Atosa BM3 is a 1070mm wet bain marie hot food display that takes 6 x 1\/2 GN or 3 x 1\/1 GN pans and still runs on a standard 10 A plug. It keeps food between 30°C and 90°C, with a double-skinned body to hold the heat, so it suits cafes, takeaways and canteens serving a handful of hot dishes. It sits in the middle of the BM range: the BM4, BM5 and BM6 are longer and need a 15 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakes 6 x 1\/2 GN pans or 3 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet (water bath) heat, adjustable from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-skinned construction for added insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2400W, 220–240V, on a standard 10 A supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1070mm wide, the largest BM model that runs on 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood pans sold separately, so you can mix depths to suit your menu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa BM3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 6 x 1\/2 GN or 3 x 1\/1 GN (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1070 W x 650 D x 755 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 65 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2400W, 220–240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation: double skinned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1100 W x 780 D x 910 H mm, 102 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1100mm long and 102 kg. It comes by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include carrying it inside, so check doorways and have help on hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e runs from a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN food pans are not supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet heat:\u003c\/strong\u003e the pans sit over heated water, so keep the water topped up while it is in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm2\"\u003eAtosa BM2\u003c\/a\u003e: smaller 740mm model for 4 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm4\"\u003eAtosa BM4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1400mm wide for 8 x 1\/2 GN pans, needs a 15 A outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm5\"\u003eAtosa BM5\u003c\/a\u003e: 1730mm wide for 10 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-whf200l\"\u003eAtosa WHF200L\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm countertop square glass hot display, 200 litres with shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I use full-size pans instead of halves?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Simco lists it for 6 x 1\/2 GN pans or 3 x 1\/1 GN pans. Pans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it need a 15 A outlet?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The BM3 is rated 10 A, so it plugs into a standard power point. The larger BM4, BM5 and BM6 are the 15 A models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it a wet or dry bain marie?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWet. The food pans are heated over water, adjustable from 30°C to 90°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455267078372,"sku":"BM3","price":2135.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/bm6.png?v=1791495278"},{"product_id":"atosa-bm4","title":"Atosa BM4 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 1400mm 8 x 1\/2 GN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa BM4 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 1400mm 8 x 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa BM4 gives a busy counter 1400mm of hot food display, with room for 8 x 1\/2 GN or 4 x 1\/1 GN pans. It is a wet bain marie with a double-skinned body, adjustable from 30°C to 90°C, so it works well for takeaways, canteens and buffet lines with a wider menu. With a 3000W rating it is the first model in the BM range that needs a 15 A outlet, while the BM2 and BM3 run on 10 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoom for 8 x 1\/2 GN pans or 4 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet (water bath) heat, adjustable from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-skinned construction for added insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3000W, 220–240V, rated for a 15 A supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1400mm length suits a standard service counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood pans sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa BM4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 8 x 1\/2 GN or 4 x 1\/1 GN (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1400 W x 650 D x 755 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 80 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 3000W, 220–240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation: double skinned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1430 W x 780 D x 910 H mm, 122 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is rated 15 A, so you need a 15 A power point. Have an electrician fit one first if you only have standard 10 A outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1430mm long and 122 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, so check doorways and corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN food pans are not supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet heat:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep water in the well while it is running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm3\"\u003eAtosa BM3\u003c\/a\u003e: 1070mm for 6 x 1\/2 GN pans, runs on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm5\"\u003eAtosa BM5\u003c\/a\u003e: 1730mm for 10 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm6\"\u003eAtosa BM6\u003c\/a\u003e: 2060mm for 12 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm2\"\u003eAtosa BM2\u003c\/a\u003e: compact 740mm model for 4 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does the BM4 have?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is rated 15 A, so it needs a 15 A power point rather than a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pans fit?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 x 1\/2 GN pans or 4 x 1\/1 GN pans. Pans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a plug-in unit, so no installation is needed once you have a 15 A outlet. If you need one fitted, use a licensed electrician. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455267111140,"sku":"BM4","price":2359.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/bm8.png?v=1791495282"},{"product_id":"atosa-bm5","title":"Atosa BM5 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 1730mm 10 x 1\/2 GN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa BM5 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 1730mm 10 x 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a long hot food line, the Atosa BM5 holds 10 x 1\/2 GN or 5 x 1\/1 GN pans across 1730mm of wet bain marie. Food stays between 30°C and 90°C, and the double-skinned body helps hold the heat during a long service. It suits food courts, clubs, hot bread and chicken shops, and buffet service. It sits one size below the BM6 and runs from a 15 A outlet at 3300W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds 10 x 1\/2 GN pans or 5 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet (water bath) heat, adjustable from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-skinned construction for added insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3300W, 220–240V, rated for a 15 A supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1730mm length for a wide range of hot dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood pans sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa BM5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 10 x 1\/2 GN or 5 x 1\/1 GN (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1730 W x 650 D x 755 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 95 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 3300W, 220–240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation: double skinned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1760 W x 780 D x 910 H mm, 145 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 1760mm long and 145 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include moving it inside, so measure doorways and plan for several people to carry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e needs a 15 A power point. A licensed electrician can fit one if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN food pans are not supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet heat:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep the water topped up through service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm6\"\u003eAtosa BM6\u003c\/a\u003e: the longest model, 2060mm for 12 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm4\"\u003eAtosa BM4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1400mm for 8 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm3\"\u003eAtosa BM3\u003c\/a\u003e: 1070mm for 6 x 1\/2 GN pans, on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it come with pans?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Pans are sold separately. It takes 10 x 1\/2 GN pans or 5 x 1\/1 GN pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWill it run on a normal power point?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The BM5 is a 15 A model, so it needs a 15 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat temperature range does it have?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt adjusts from 30°C to 90°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455346573540,"sku":"BM5","price":2583.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/bm10.png?v=1791495278"},{"product_id":"atosa-bm6","title":"Atosa BM6 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 2060mm 12 x 1\/2 GN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtosa BM6 - Bain Marie Hot Food Display 2060mm 12 x 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa BM6 is the biggest bain marie hot food display in the range, with 2060mm of wet heat for 12 x 1\/2 GN or 6 x 1\/1 GN pans. It holds food from 30°C to 90°C, and its double-skinned body keeps the heat in. That makes it a strong fit for buffets, clubs, canteens and high-volume takeaways that put a full menu on show. It draws 3600W from a 15 A outlet and weighs 115 kg, so plan the space and power before it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLargest model in the range: 12 x 1\/2 GN pans or 6 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet (water bath) heat, adjustable from 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-skinned construction for added insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3600W, 220–240V, rated for a 15 A supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2060mm length for buffet and high-volume service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood pans sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Atosa BM6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 12 x 1\/2 GN or 6 x 1\/1 GN (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 2060 W x 650 D x 755 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 115 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: 30°C to 90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 3600W, 220–240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation: double skinned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 2090 W x 780 D x 910 H mm, 166 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the crate is 2090mm long and 166 kg. It arrives by tailgate truck at the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or up stairs. Check doorways, corridors and turns before you order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e needs a 15 A power point. Have a licensed electrician add one if your counter only has 10 A outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN food pans are not supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet heat:\u003c\/strong\u003e it heats over water, so check the level regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm5\"\u003eAtosa BM5\u003c\/a\u003e: 1730mm for 10 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm4\"\u003eAtosa BM4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1400mm for 8 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm3\"\u003eAtosa BM3\u003c\/a\u003e: 1070mm for 6 x 1\/2 GN pans, on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm2\"\u003eAtosa BM2\u003c\/a\u003e: 740mm for 4 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pans can I fit?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 x 1\/2 GN pans or 6 x 1\/1 GN pans. Pans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power supply does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 15 A power point. It draws 3600W on 220–240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it heavy to move?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It weighs 115 kg unpacked and 166 kg in its packaging, so plan for several people or a trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the unit online with Simco.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67455346606308,"sku":"BM6","price":2808.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/bm12.png?v=1791495278"},{"product_id":"bonvue-h-sf820v","title":"Bonvue FED H-SF820V - 600mm 3+1 Tier Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SF820V - 600mm 3+1 Tier Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue H-SF820V brings the look of a glass cake cabinet to hot food. At just 600mm wide, it shows pastries, pies and baked goods on three adjustable tempered glass shelves plus a stainless steel base, with double-layer glass on all four sides and warm yellow lighting on every level. Fan-forced element heating holds +30°C to +85°C evenly across the tiers. It is the narrowest of the three H-SF models and shares its size with the chilled SF820V, so the two can stand side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3+1 tiers: three adjustable tempered glass shelves plus an AISI 304 stainless steel base display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-layer tempered glass on all four sides for a 360° view\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm yellow lighting on each level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced electric heating for even heat distribution, +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-glazed glass rear door for staff loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAISI 304 stainless steel inside and out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurpose-built for hot holding, with no refrigeration parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SF820V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 370 litres net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 600 W x 767 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 140 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 786W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay levels: 3 adjustable glass shelves plus the stainless steel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear door: 1 hinged (swing) door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: AISI 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 650 x 790 x 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED describes it as purpose-built to hold stable warmth, so load food that is already cooked and hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 650 x 790 x 1500 mm, and the cabinet weighs 140 kg. Check doorways and allow enough people to move it. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace:\u003c\/strong\u003e leave room behind the cabinet for the rear door to swing open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf830v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF830V\u003c\/a\u003e: same 3+1 tier design, 900mm wide, 560 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf840v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF840V\u003c\/a\u003e: same 3+1 tier design, 1200mm wide, 740 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl820v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL820V\u003c\/a\u003e: 600mm squared glass heated display with wire shelves and sliding rear doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-sf820v\"\u003eBonvue SF820V\u003c\/a\u003e: the chilled 600mm 3+1 tier square glass cake display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it cook or reheat food?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a hot-holding display designed to keep food warm at +30°C to +85°C, so put food in already hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it the same size as the chilled SF820V?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. FED lists both at 600 x 767 x 1350 mm, so a hot and cold pair can line up neatly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does 3+1 tier mean?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree adjustable tempered glass shelves plus the stainless steel base, which is also a display level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67472984670436,"sku":"H-SF820V","price":2958.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/h-sf820-2.png?v=1791254660"},{"product_id":"bonvue-h-sf830v","title":"Bonvue FED H-SF830V - 900mm 3+1 Tier Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SF830V - 900mm 3+1 Tier Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBakeries and cafes that want hot savouries to look as good as their cakes will like the Bonvue H-SF830V. This 900mm cabinet has double-layer tempered glass on all four sides, three adjustable glass shelves above a stainless steel base, and warm yellow lighting that gives every level a fresh-from-the-oven look. Fan-forced element heating holds +30°C to +85°C, with 560 litres net capacity. It sits between the 600mm H-SF820V and the 1200mm H-SF840V, and matches the chilled SF830V in size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree adjustable tempered glass shelves plus an AISI 304 stainless steel base (3+1 tiers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° view through double-layer tempered glass on all four sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm yellow lighting on each level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced element heating, +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo double-glazed glass rear doors for staff access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAISI 304 stainless steel interior and exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurpose-built for hot holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SF830V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 560 litres net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 740 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 170 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1044W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay levels: 3 adjustable glass shelves plus the stainless steel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear doors: 2, double-glazed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: AISI 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 950 x 790 x 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is built to keep cooked food warm, not to cook it, so load food that is already hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 950 x 790 x 1500 mm, and the cabinet weighs 170 kg. Check doorways and the route to your counter. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e leave space behind it so staff can open the rear doors and load comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf820v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF820V\u003c\/a\u003e: 600mm wide, 370 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf840v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF840V\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm wide, 740 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl830v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL830V\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm squared glass heated display with wire shelves and fan-forced airflow with humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-sf830v\"\u003eBonvue SF830V\u003c\/a\u003e: the chilled 900mm 3+1 tier square glass cake display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I pair it with a cake fridge?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The chilled SF830V is the same 900 x 740 x 1350 mm size, so a hot and cold display can sit side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The three tempered glass shelves adjust, and the stainless steel base is the fourth display level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It plugs into a standard 10 A power point, so there is nothing for a trade to connect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67472984932580,"sku":"H-SF830V","price":3298.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/h-sf830v_2.png?v=1791254662"},{"product_id":"bonvue-h-sf840v","title":"Bonvue FED H-SF840V - 1200mm 3+1 Tier Heated Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED H-SF840V - 1200mm 3+1 Tier Heated Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe largest of the H-SF heated cabinets, the Bonvue H-SF840V gives a bakery, cafe or takeaway 1200mm of hot display and 740 litres net capacity. Food sits on three adjustable tempered glass shelves and a stainless steel base, lit by warm yellow lights and visible through double-layer glass on all four sides. Fan-forced element heating keeps every level between +30°C and +85°C. For a narrower counter, the H-SF830V is 900mm and the H-SF820V is 600mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1200mm wide, 740 litres net, over 3+1 display tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree adjustable tempered glass shelves above an AISI 304 stainless steel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-layer tempered glass on all four sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm yellow lighting on every level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced element heating for even warmth, +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo double-glazed glass rear doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAISI 304 stainless steel inside and out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue H-SF840V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 740 litres net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1200 W x 740 D x 1350 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1314W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay levels: 3 adjustable glass shelves plus the stainless steel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear doors: 2, double-glazed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: AISI 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1250 x 790 x 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 1250mm long, 790mm deep and 1500mm high, and the cabinet weighs 200 kg. Measure doorways and plan enough people to move it. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot holding:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED built it to hold food warm, so it should be loaded with food that is already cooked and hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point. FED rates it at 1314W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow room behind it for staff to open the rear doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf830v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF830V\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm wide, 560 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf820v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF820V\u003c\/a\u003e: 600mm wide, 370 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/h-sl840v-bonvue-heated-food-display\"\u003eBonvue H-SL840V\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm squared glass heated display with wire shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-sf840v\"\u003eBonvue SF840V\u003c\/a\u003e: the chilled 1200mm 3+1 tier square glass cake display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow is the H-SF840V different from the H-SL840V?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are 1200mm wide heated displays. The H-SF840V has adjustable tempered glass shelves and glass on all four sides, while the H-SL840V has wired shelving with black trim and fan-forced airflow with humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat lighting does it have?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWarm yellow lighting on each level, which suits hot snacks and baked goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67472984965348,"sku":"H-SF840V","price":3723.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/h-sf840v_1_1.png?v=1791254662"},{"product_id":"bonvue-gn-660hrt","title":"Bonvue FED GN-660HRT - 660mm Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED GN-660HRT - 660mm Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue GN-660HRT is a compact heated showcase that sits on the counter and keeps toasties, pastries and savoury snacks warm in full view. It is 660mm wide, with square insulating glass on both sides, two adjustable shelves plus the floor, LED lighting and a Dixell digital controller, holding +40°C to +65°C. Staff load it through sliding doors at the back. It shares its 660 x 530 x 730 mm body size with the chilled GN-660RT, so hot and cold can sit side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds +40°C to +65°C with a heating tube system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDixell digital temperature controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo adjustable shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulating glass on both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors at the back for staff loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel exterior and interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue GN-660HRT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 68 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 660 W x 530 D x 730 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +40°C to +65°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 520W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 adjustable shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody: stainless steel inside and out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 720 x 580 x 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs a stable bench at least 660mm wide and 530mm deep, with room behind it for staff to open the rear doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e leave a little space around the cabinet and don't stack anything on top of it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 720 x 580 x 800 mm, small enough for most shop doors. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-900hrt\"\u003eBonvue GN-900HRT\u003c\/a\u003e: the same heated display, 900mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-660rt\"\u003eBonvue GN-660RT\u003c\/a\u003e: chilled version in the same 660mm body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-205\"\u003eBonvue HD-205\u003c\/a\u003e: larger 205 litre angled countertop warmer with 3 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-115l\"\u003eBonvue HSW-115L\u003c\/a\u003e: self-service heated display with doors front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan customers help themselves?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The GN-660HRT loads and serves from the back through sliding doors. For self-service, look at the HSW range, which has hinged doors at the front and back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs there a matching cold display?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The GN-660RT is the chilled model with the same 660 x 530 x 730 mm footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 10 A power point. FED rates it at 520W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67472985358564,"sku":"GN-660HRT","price":1105.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/gn-660hrt-hot-food-display_9d9e08ad-6f79-484d-ae81-90648f317bca.jpg?v=1791254664"},{"product_id":"bonvue-gn-900hrt","title":"Bonvue FED GN-900HRT - 900mm Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED GN-900HRT - 900mm Countertop Square Glass Hot Food Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWider than its 660mm sibling, the Bonvue GN-900HRT gives a cafe or takeaway 900mm of heated counter display for pies, pastries, toasties and hot snacks. It holds +40°C to +65°C under a Dixell digital controller, with insulating glass on both sides, two adjustable shelves plus the floor, LED lighting and sliding rear doors for staff. The stainless steel body is 530mm deep and 730mm high, the same as the chilled GN-900RT, so the pair line up neatly on a counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e900mm wide countertop hot display holding +40°C to +65°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating tube system with a Dixell digital temperature controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo adjustable shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare insulating glass on both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors at the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel inside and out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue GN-900HRT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 93 litres gross\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 530 D x 730 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +40°C to +65°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 540W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 adjustable shelves plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 960 x 580 x 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow a solid bench at least 900mm wide and 530mm deep that can take 75 kg, with room behind for staff to use the sliding doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 960 x 580 x 800 mm. With a 75 kg unit, use two people to lift it onto the counter. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep space around the cabinet and don't cover it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-660hrt\"\u003eBonvue GN-660HRT\u003c\/a\u003e: the same design, 660mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-900rt\"\u003eBonvue GN-900RT\u003c\/a\u003e: chilled countertop display in the same 900mm size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-318\"\u003eBonvue HD-318\u003c\/a\u003e: taller 318 litre countertop warmer with 4 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-205\"\u003eBonvue HD-205\u003c\/a\u003e: 205 litre angled countertop warmer with 3 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between the GN-900HRT and the GN-660HRT?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe GN-900HRT is 240mm wider (900mm against 660mm) with the same 530mm depth, 730mm height, temperature range and shelf layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does HRT mean compared with RT?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn this range, the HRT models are heated and the RT models are chilled. Both come in matching sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow hot does it get?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds food between +40°C and +65°C, set on the Dixell digital controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473057415396,"sku":"GN-900HRT","price":1317.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/gn-900hrt-hot-food-display_b289720f-d8b1-45c9-aa26-62ca88f9f01a.jpg?v=1791254742"},{"product_id":"bonvue-hd-205","title":"Bonvue FED HD-205 - Countertop Hot Food Display 205L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED HD-205 - Countertop Hot Food Display 205L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith its angled design, the Bonvue HD-205 shows off pies, sausage rolls and pastries on a cafe, bakery or takeaway counter. This 205 litre benchtop food warmer has three adjustable shelves, glass on several sides, LED lighting and a digital temperature control with display, holding +30°C to +70°C. Staff load through sliding doors at the back. It is 740mm wide and 850mm high; the HD-318 is the taller, square 4 shelf version with more capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e205 litre angled display with three adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds +30°C to +70°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear glass so food can be seen from several sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-efficient LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors at the rear for staff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel base that is simple to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront ventilation to help keep the inside climate steady\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue HD-205\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 205 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 740 W x 650 D x 850 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 65 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +70°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 850W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: angled display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 715 x 790 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs a sturdy bench at least 740mm wide and 650mm deep that can carry 65 kg, plus room at the back for the sliding doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e the front is vented, so keep it clear of signs, menus and stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is about 715 x 790 x 890 mm. Allow two people to lift it. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-318\"\u003eBonvue HD-318\u003c\/a\u003e: square 4 shelf version, 318 litres, +30°C to +60°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-660hrt\"\u003eBonvue GN-660HRT\u003c\/a\u003e: smaller 660mm square glass hot display with 2 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-115l\"\u003eBonvue HSW-115L\u003c\/a\u003e: 115 litre self-service hot display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-580e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-580E\u003c\/a\u003e: pie warmer and hot food display, 60 pies, 4 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree adjustable shelves in an angled display. If you want four shelves in a square cabinet, see the HD-318.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it self-service?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Staff load and serve from the back through sliding doors. For customer self-service, the HSW range has hinged doors at the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It plugs into a standard 10 A power point, so no trade is needed to connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour, plus an extra 1 year on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473057448164,"sku":"HD-205","price":1317.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hd-205_front_fef636c3-a808-4662-997c-f77cfb30da92.png?v=1791254743"},{"product_id":"bonvue-hd-318","title":"Bonvue FED HD-318 - Countertop Hot Food Display 318L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED HD-318 - Countertop Hot Food Display 318L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeed more hot food on the counter without taking up more bench? The Bonvue HD-318 builds upward: a square, 967mm high benchtop warmer with four adjustable shelves and 318 litres of capacity on a footprint just 800mm wide and 575mm deep. It holds +30°C to +60°C with digital control and display, with glass on several sides, LED lighting and sliding doors at the back. Compared with the HD-205, it is shallower and taller, swapping the angled design for a square one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e318 litres across four adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds +30°C to +60°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control with display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare glass display visible from several sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lighting that is easy on power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding rear doors for staff loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel base, easy to wipe clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront ventilation for a steady internal climate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue HD-318\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 318 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 800 W x 575 D x 967 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +60°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 850W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 4, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding doors at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 635 x 860 x 1005 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow a strong bench at least 800mm wide and 575mm deep that can take 75 kg, and check the 967mm height clears any shelving or menu boards above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep the front vents uncovered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is about 635 x 860 x 1005 mm. Two people should lift it into place. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-205\"\u003eBonvue HD-205\u003c\/a\u003e: angled 3 shelf design, 205 litres, +30°C to +70°C, 740mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-900hrt\"\u003eBonvue GN-900HRT\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm wide, lower square glass hot display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf820v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF820V\u003c\/a\u003e: floor-standing 600mm heated display with 3+1 tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhich is better for a small counter, the HD-318 or the HD-205?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe HD-318 is 575mm deep against 650mm for the HD-205, but it is taller at 967mm. It also holds more, with 318 litres over four shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat temperature range does it have?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e+30°C to +60°C. The HD-205 goes a little higher, to +70°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power point does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 10 A power point. FED rates it at 850W on 240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour, plus an extra 1 year on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473065672932,"sku":"HD-318","price":1521.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hd-318_front_4fb2e3a7-7690-472d-ad1b-95b343ca1a44.png?v=1791254745"},{"product_id":"bonvue-hwb2-138","title":"Bonvue FED HWB2-138 - 1259mm Heated Pass-Through Warmer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED HWB2-138 - 1259mm Heated Pass-Through Warmer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade for boxed and wrapped hot food, the Bonvue HWB2-138 is an angled pass-through warmer for quick-service counters. Staff load from the back, and a stainless steel slide guide moves each item down to the front for service, across two tiers with 1.38 square metres of display area. A mechanical controller with a visible temperature display sets +30°C to +90°C, and the black body with stainless steel accents and full glass looks smart from any angle. The HWB2-152 is the 1400mm version with 1.52 square metres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-tier angled display, 1.38 square metres display area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel slide guide moves food from the back to the front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical temperature control with a visible temperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass for viewing from any angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack body with stainless steel accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy legs for stability and elevation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPX4 water resistance rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue HWB2-138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay area: 1.38 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1259 W x 703 D x 704 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 63.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1880W, 220–240V, 50Hz, rated current 8.2 A, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater resistance: IPX4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1325 x 767 x 736 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoxed or wrapped food only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED designed it for boxed or wrapped food, to keep it hot for short periods. It is not for unwrapped food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs 1259mm of width and 703mm of depth, with access at the back for loading and at the front for service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point. At 1880W, give it its own outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 1325 x 767 x 736 mm, and the unit weighs 63.5 kg. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hwb2-152\"\u003eBonvue HWB2-152\u003c\/a\u003e: the same warmer, 1400mm wide with 1.52 square metres display area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-120\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-120\u003c\/a\u003e: hot food display warmer with 2 angled shelves, 1200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-205\"\u003eBonvue HD-205\u003c\/a\u003e: enclosed 205 litre countertop warmer with digital control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I put unwrapped food in it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. FED specifies it for boxed or wrapped food only, held hot for short periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow does food get to the front?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStaff load from the back, and the stainless steel slide guide controls how food moves down to the front for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is rated at 1880W and 8.2 A on 220–240V, and uses a standard 10 A plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473065935076,"sku":"HWB2-138","price":2958.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hwb2-138_2_1_1_6b1205a7-e6e1-4c6d-a411-ad2dffdcd9a0.png?v=1791254745"},{"product_id":"bonvue-hwb2-152","title":"Bonvue FED HWB2-152 - 1400mm Heated Pass-Through Warmer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED HWB2-152 - 1400mm Heated Pass-Through Warmer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a quick-service counter selling boxed burgers, wraps or snack packs, the Bonvue HWB2-152 keeps a long run of wrapped food warm and within easy reach. At 1400mm wide, it is the bigger of the two HWB2 warmers, with 1.52 square metres of display area over two tiers. Staff load from the back and a stainless steel slide guide brings food down to the front for service. A mechanical controller with a temperature display covers +30°C to +90°C, in a black body with stainless steel accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-tier angled display with 1.52 square metres of display area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel food slide guide regulates how food moves from the back to the front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical temperature control with an easy-to-read temperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull glass visibility from every angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContemporary black design with stainless steel accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust legs for stability and proper elevation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPX4 water resistance rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue HWB2-152\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay area: 1.52 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1400 W x 703 D x 704 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 86 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1880W, 220–240V, 50Hz, rated current 8.2 A, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater resistance: IPX4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1486 x 767 x 736 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoxed or wrapped food only:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is specifically designed to keep boxed or wrapped food hot for short periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 1486mm long, 767mm deep and 736mm high, and the unit weighs 86 kg, so plan for two or more people to lift it. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow 1400 x 703 mm of strong bench, with access at the back for loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a standard 10 A plug, drawing 1880W. A dedicated outlet is best.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hwb2-138\"\u003eBonvue HWB2-138\u003c\/a\u003e: the same warmer, 1259mm wide with 1.38 square metres display area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-150\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-150\u003c\/a\u003e: hot food display warmer with 2 angled shelves, 1500mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-318\"\u003eBonvue HD-318\u003c\/a\u003e: enclosed 318 litre countertop warmer with 4 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between the HWB2-152 and the HWB2-138?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe HWB2-152 is 1400mm wide with 1.52 square metres of display area and weighs 86 kg. The HWB2-138 is 1259mm wide with 1.38 square metres and weighs 63.5 kg. Both are rated at 1880W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it suitable for open trays of food?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. FED designed it for boxed or wrapped food only, held hot for short periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It plugs into a standard 10 A power point, so there is nothing for a trade to connect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473065967844,"sku":"HWB2-152","price":3136.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hwb2-152_1_ec5cb7d7-431e-4d48-ace7-63c6abd86e10.png?v=1791254746"},{"product_id":"bonvue-hsw-50","title":"Bonvue FED HSW-50 - Countertop Self-Service Hot Food Display 50L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED HSW-50 - Countertop Self-Service Hot Food Display 50L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue HSW-50 is the smallest of Bonvue's self-service hot displays, a 50 litre warmer that fits on a busy counter at just 555mm wide and 361mm deep. Glass on five sides shows food clearly, and hinged doors at the front and back let customers help themselves while staff restock from behind. A simple mechanical thermostat sets the temperature between +30°C and +90°C. For more capacity or lighting, step up to the HSW-80L or HSW-115L.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-service design with hinged doors at the front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass on five sides, with straight glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable mechanical temperature control, +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne non-adjustable chrome-plated shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain power switch at the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 50 litre size for small counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue HSW-50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 50 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 555 W x 361 D x 379 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 800W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 1 chrome-plated shelf (non-adjustable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: mechanical thermostat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 430 x 610 x 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs 555mm of bench width and 361mm of depth, with access from both sides if you want customers serving from the front while staff load from the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point. The main switch is at the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is only 430 x 610 x 440 mm and 14 kg, so one person can carry it in. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-80l\"\u003eBonvue HSW-80L\u003c\/a\u003e: 80 litres, 700mm wide, with LED lights at the sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-115l\"\u003eBonvue HSW-115L\u003c\/a\u003e: 115 litres with 2 shelves and LED lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-660hrt\"\u003eBonvue GN-660HRT\u003c\/a\u003e: 660mm square glass hot display, staff-served from the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-380-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: pie warmer and hot food display, 40 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan customers serve themselves?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It has hinged doors at the front for customers and at the back for staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it have lights?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED doesn't list lighting for the HSW-50. The HSW-80L and HSW-115L both have LED lights at the sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow do I set the temperature?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith the mechanical temperature control, anywhere from +30°C to +90°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour, plus an extra 1 year on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473074192612,"sku":"HSW-50","price":586.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hsw-50_front_3_1_6b6db1b7-3033-4991-9d9e-3df2aa5fc4d2.png?v=1791254747"},{"product_id":"bonvue-hsw-80l","title":"Bonvue FED HSW-80L - Countertop Self-Service Hot Food Display 80L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED HSW-80L - Countertop Self-Service Hot Food Display 80L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLow and wide, the Bonvue HSW-80L is an 80 litre self-service warmer for hot snacks at the register, standing just 372mm high on a 700mm wide footprint. Customers open the hinged front doors to help themselves while staff restock through hinged doors at the back, and glass on five sides plus four LED lights at the sides keep food on show. A mechanical thermostat covers +30°C to +90°C. It shares its width and depth with the HSW-115L, which adds height and a second shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-service: hinged doors at the front for customers and at the back for staff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive sides of straight glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour LED lights at the sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical adjustable temperature control, +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne non-adjustable chrome-plated shelf, plus the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain switch at the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue HSW-80L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 80 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 700 W x 400 D x 372 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 16.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1100W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 1 chrome-plated shelf (non-adjustable), 2 display levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting: 4 LEDs at the sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 475 x 760 x 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow 700mm of width and 400mm of depth, with clear access at the front for customers and at the back for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 475 x 760 x 430 mm and weighs 16.5 kg, so it is easy to carry in. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-50\"\u003eBonvue HSW-50\u003c\/a\u003e: smaller 50 litre model, 555mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-115l\"\u003eBonvue HSW-115L\u003c\/a\u003e: same footprint, 500mm high with 2 shelves, 115 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-gn-660hrt\"\u003eBonvue GN-660HRT\u003c\/a\u003e: 660mm square glass hot display served from the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between the HSW-80L and the HSW-115L?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are 700mm wide and 400mm deep with the same 1100W rating. The HSW-115L is taller (500mm against 372mm) and has two shelves instead of one, for 115 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I move the shelf?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The chrome-plated shelf is fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It plugs into a standard 10 A power point, so no trade is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour, plus an extra 1 year on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473074225380,"sku":"HSW-80L","price":714.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hsw-80l_front_1_82eeaf46-27c5-403c-a54d-cd115c77ff9c.png?v=1791254748"},{"product_id":"bonvue-hsw-115l","title":"Bonvue FED HSW-115L - Countertop Self-Service Hot Food Display 115L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue FED HSW-115L - Countertop Self-Service Hot Food Display 115L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue HSW-115L is the largest of the HSW self-service warmers, with 115 litres over three levels for pies, wraps and hot snacks that customers grab themselves. It has two fixed chrome-plated shelves, glass on five sides, four LED lights at the sides and hinged doors at both the front and back. A mechanical thermostat sets anywhere from +30°C to +90°C. It is 700mm wide like the HSW-80L but 500mm tall, so you get an extra shelf in the same bench space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged doors front and back: customers serve themselves, staff reload from behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e115 litres over three display levels (two shelves plus the floor)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass on five sides for a clear view of the food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour side-mounted LED lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical adjustable thermostat, +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-adjustable chrome-plated shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain switch at the back, stainless steel body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Bonvue HSW-115L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 115 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 700 W x 400 D x 500 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 19.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +90°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1100W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 chrome-plated shelves (non-adjustable), 3 display levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting: 4 LEDs at the sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 475 x 760 x 555 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it takes 700 x 400 mm of bench. Position it so customers can reach the front doors and staff can reach the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 10 A power point; the main switch is at the rear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e packed, it is 475 x 760 x 555 mm and the unit weighs 19.5 kg. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-80l\"\u003eBonvue HSW-80L\u003c\/a\u003e: same footprint, 372mm high with 1 shelf, 80 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hsw-50\"\u003eBonvue HSW-50\u003c\/a\u003e: compact 50 litre model, 555mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-hd-205\"\u003eBonvue HD-205\u003c\/a\u003e: 205 litre countertop warmer with digital control, staff-served\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it suitable for self-service?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Hinged doors at the front let customers help themselves, and staff restock through the doors at the back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many shelves are there?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo fixed chrome-plated shelves plus the floor, giving three display levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat temperature can I set?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mechanical control adjusts from +30°C to +90°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/countertop-displays\"\u003ecountertop displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour, plus an extra 1 year on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67473074389220,"sku":"HSW-115L","price":833.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hsw-115l_2_0d684112-c556-487d-9cc6-cb0d383323e2.png?v=1791254749"},{"product_id":"thermaster-dc-900ch","title":"FED Thermaster DC-900CH - Grab \u0026 Go Hot or Cold Open Display 900mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFED Thermaster DC-900CH - Grab \u0026amp; Go Hot or Cold Open Display 900mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCan't decide between a hot cabinet and a cold one? The FED Thermaster DC-900CH is a 900mm open-front grab-and-go display that runs either chilled at +3°C to +8°C or heated at +50°C to +60°C, so a cafe, convenience store or workplace can switch between a cold range and a hot range. It has four adjustable shelves, 360° surround air circulation, an Embraco compressor for cooling and double-glazed side glass. It combines the chilled DC-900C and heated DC-900H in one cabinet, at a higher 1.5 kW rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRuns chilled (+3°C to +8°C) or heated (+50°C to +60°C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen front for self-serve grab-and-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° surround air circulation for even temperatures across the shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbraco compressor for consistent cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart thermostat for precise temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-pane side glass and a matte black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: FED Thermaster DC-900CH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 253 litres gross, 202 litres net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 600 D x 1520 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 141 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +3°C to +8°C chilled, or +50°C to +60°C heated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.5 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 4 adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1060 x 760 x 1740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot or cold, not both at once:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet runs in one mode at a time, so plan your range around either chilled or heated product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated 1.5 kW at 240V, 10 A, for a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the carton is about 1060 x 760 x 1740 mm and the unit weighs 141 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep the open front away from doorways, direct sun and drafts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-dc-900c\"\u003eFED Thermaster DC-900C\u003c\/a\u003e: same cabinet, chilled only, +3°C to +8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-dc-900h\"\u003eFED Thermaster DC-900H\u003c\/a\u003e: same cabinet, heated only, +50°C to +60°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf830v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF830V\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm four-sided glass heated food display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan it be hot and cold at the same time?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. FED lists it as a hot or cold cabinet, with a chilled range of +3°C to +8°C and a heated range of +50°C to +60°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow much power does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.5 kW at 240V, from a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFour adjustable shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/multideck-display-fridges\"\u003emultideck display fridges\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67484270690532,"sku":"DC-900CH","price":7480.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/dc-900ch_1.png?v=1791339083"},{"product_id":"thermaster-dc-900h","title":"FED Thermaster DC-900H - Grab \u0026 Go Heated Open Display 900mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFED Thermaster DC-900H - Grab \u0026amp; Go Heated Open Display 900mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FED Thermaster DC-900H is a 900mm curved, open-front heated cabinet that lets customers help themselves to hot snacks and meals. Built for cafes, convenience stores and workplace canteens, it holds +50°C to +60°C on four adjustable shelves, with a smart thermostat and double-glazed side glass to keep heat in. It is the hot-only member of the DC-900 grab-and-go family; the DC-900C is the chilled version and the DC-900CH can run either hot or cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen front for self-serve grab-and-go sales\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated display holding +50°C to +60°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour adjustable shelves for snacks and meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision smart thermostat for temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulated double-pane side glass for visibility and less heat loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectro-galvanised steel and food-grade stainless steel with a matte black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: FED Thermaster DC-900H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 253 litres gross, 202 litres net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 600 D x 1520 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 103 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +50°C to +60°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 4 adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1060 x 760 x 1740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated 1 kW on 240V, 10 A, so it plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the carton is about 1060 x 760 x 1740 mm and the unit weighs 103 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e as an open-front cabinet, keep it away from entry doors and air-conditioning vents that blow across the opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-dc-900ch\"\u003eFED Thermaster DC-900CH\u003c\/a\u003e: same cabinet that runs chilled (+3°C to +8°C) or heated (+50°C to +60°C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-dc-900c\"\u003eFED Thermaster DC-900C\u003c\/a\u003e: chilled-only version, +3°C to +8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonvue-h-sf830v\"\u003eBonvue H-SF830V\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm heated food display with glass on all four sides, +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat temperature does it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED lists +50°C to +60°C, controlled by a smart thermostat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I also use it for cold food?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this model is heated only. For one cabinet that can switch between hot and cold, look at the DC-900CH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is rated 1 kW at 240V, 10 A, so it suits a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67484271280356,"sku":"DC-900H","price":5261.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/dc-900h_1.png?v=1791339084"},{"product_id":"thermaster-pg150fe-xb","title":"FED Thermaster PG150FE-XB - Wet \u0026 Dry Bain Marie 4x GN 1\/1 1460mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XB - Wet \u0026amp; Dry Bain Marie 4x GN 1\/1 1460mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FED Thermaster PG150FE-XB is a 1460mm stainless steel bain marie that keeps 4 x GN 1\/1 pans of cooked food hot at +35°C to +85°C, for takeaways, canteens and self-serve counters. It runs wet, with the heating elements sitting in the water bath, or dry, and there is an ambient storage cabinet underneath, all on castors. This is the open-top model: the PG150FE-XG is the same size with a glass canopy, heat lamp and sliding serving doors, and the PG180FE-XB takes a fifth pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks as a wet or dry bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian multiple heating elements submerged in the water bath, with a built-in water inlet and outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvective thermal airflow and humidity around the pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakes 4 x GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep, with a perforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control and display, plus a light that shows when it has reached temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage cabinet underneath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel, streamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors for moving and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: FED Thermaster PG150FE-XB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 4 x GN 1\/1, up to 150mm deep (pans sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1460 W x 790 D x 845 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 125 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.216 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel, on castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1520 x 840 x 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is about 1520mm long and 840mm deep, and the bain marie weighs 125 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking, so check your doorways first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated at 10 A on 240V, so it suits a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003e it has a built-in water inlet and outlet with supply and drain hoses. Any permanent water or drain connection must be made by a licensed plumber. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: same 4 x GN 1\/1 size with a tempered glass canopy, halogen heat lamp and sliding serving doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fe-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: open-top 1800mm model for 5 x GN 1\/1 pans, needs a 15 A outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: 1800mm display version with glass canopy, 5 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fa-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FA-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: same width, but refrigerated (+1°C to +5°C) for salads and cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it come with GN pans?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It takes 4 x GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep, and FED offers pans separately. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e for a price on pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I run it without water?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. FED designed it to work as either a wet or a dry bain marie. When you run it wet, the elements sit in the water bath, which adds humidity around the food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs the cabinet underneath heated?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is an ambient storage cabinet, so it stays at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67484503146724,"sku":"PG150FE-XB","price":3306.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pg150fe-xb-10.jpg?v=1791339800"},{"product_id":"thermaster-pg150fe-xg","title":"FED Thermaster PG150FE-XG - Heated Bain Marie Display with Glass Canopy 4x GN 1\/1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XG - Heated Bain Marie Display with Glass Canopy 4x GN 1\/1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePut hot food on show with the FED Thermaster PG150FE-XG, a 1460mm heated bain marie display with a tempered glass canopy, a halogen heat lamp and clear sliding doors for the serving area. It holds 4 x GN 1\/1 pans at +35°C to +85°C, runs wet or dry, and has an ambient storage cabinet with sliding doors underneath. Compared with the open-top PG150FE-XB it adds the canopy, lamp and serving doors, and if you need more pans, the PG180FE-XG takes 5 and the PG210FE-XG takes 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTempered glass canopy with clear acrylic sliding doors for the serving area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen heating lamp with a double-layer light cover and its own switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks wet or dry, with the heating elements submerged in the water bath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvective thermal airflow and humidity to help hold food at serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakes 4 x GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep, with a perforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control and display, with a temperature-reached indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage cabinet underneath with sliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel on castors, streamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: FED Thermaster PG150FE-XG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 4 x GN 1\/1, up to 150mm deep (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1460 W x 790 D x 1280 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 125 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2.16 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel with tempered glass canopy, on castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1520 x 840 x 1390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED says this is a hot food holding cabinet, not designed to heat food. Load it with food that is already cooked and hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's not included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN pans are not included, and FED says pans and dividers must be fitted at all times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it stands 1280mm high and the carton is about 1520 x 840 x 1390 mm. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking, so check your doorways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower and water:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated at 10 A on 240V, so it suits a standard 10 A power point. It has a water inlet and outlet with supply and drain hoses; any permanent plumbing must be done by a licensed plumber. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fe-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: same 4-pan size without the glass canopy, 845mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: 1800mm display for 5 x GN 1\/1 pans, needs a 15 A outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg210fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG210FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: 2140mm display for 6 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fa-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FA-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: matching cold salad and noodle bar, +1°C to +5°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I cook or reheat food in it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. FED designs it to hold hot food only. Cook and heat food to serving temperature first, then transfer it to the pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo I have to run it with water?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It works as a wet or a dry bain marie. Run wet, the elements sit in the water bath and add humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes the heat lamp have its own switch?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The halogen lamp has a separate switch, so you can control it independently of the water bath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67484503212260,"sku":"PG150FE-XG","price":3816.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pg150fe-xg-2.jpg?v=1791339801"},{"product_id":"thermaster-pg180fe-xb","title":"FED Thermaster PG180FE-XB - Wet \u0026 Dry Bain Marie 5x GN 1\/1 1800mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XB - Wet \u0026amp; Dry Bain Marie 5x GN 1\/1 1800mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith room for 5 x GN 1\/1 pans across an 1800mm stainless steel top, the FED Thermaster PG180FE-XB suits takeaways, canteens and buffet lines serving a wider hot menu. It holds food at +35°C to +85°C as a wet or dry bain marie, has an ambient storage cabinet underneath and rolls on castors. It takes one more pan than the 1460mm PG150FE-XB and draws more power, so it needs a 15 A outlet; choose the PG180FE-XG if you want a glass canopy and heat lamp at the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet or dry operation, with heating elements submerged in the water bath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian multiple heating elements with a built-in water inlet and outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvective thermal airflow and humidity around the pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakes 5 x GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep, with a perforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control and display, with a temperature-reached indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage cabinet underneath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel on castors, streamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: FED Thermaster PG180FE-XB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 5 x GN 1\/1, up to 150mm deep (pans sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1800 W x 790 D x 845 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.81 kW, 240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel, on castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1820 x 840 x 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is rated at 15 A, so it needs a 15 A power point, not a standard 10 A one. If you don't have one, have a licensed electrician install it. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the carton is about 1820mm long and the unit weighs 150 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking, so check doorways and corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003e it has a built-in water inlet and outlet with supply and drain hoses. Any permanent water or drain connection must be made by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fe-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: smaller 1460mm open-top model for 4 x GN 1\/1 pans, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: same 5-pan size with a tempered glass canopy, heat lamp and sliding serving doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg210fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG210FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: 2140mm glass canopy display for 6 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fa-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FA-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: same 1800mm width, refrigerated at +1°C to +5°C for cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power point does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 15 A power point on 240V. It draws 1.81 kW, so it will not run from a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the GN pans included?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It takes 5 x GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep, and pans are available separately. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. A licensed electrician should fit the 15 A outlet if you need one, and a licensed plumber should make any permanent water connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67484532801764,"sku":"PG180FE-XB","price":3561.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pg180fe-xb_4922bd84-0c23-484c-a5f1-a68f552cd18e.png?v=1791339919"},{"product_id":"thermaster-pg180fe-xg","title":"FED Thermaster PG180FE-XG - Heated Bain Marie Display with Glass Canopy 5x GN 1\/1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XG - Heated Bain Marie Display with Glass Canopy 5x GN 1\/1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FED Thermaster PG180FE-XG is an 1800mm heated display bain marie that shows off 5 x GN 1\/1 pans of hot food under a tempered glass canopy and halogen heat lamp. It has clear sliding doors for the serving area, holds food at +35°C to +85°C wet or dry, and there is an ambient cabinet with sliding doors underneath. It sits between the 4-pan PG150FE-XG and the 6-pan PG210FE-XG, and like the larger model it needs a 15 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTempered glass canopy with clear sliding doors for the serving area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen heating lamp with light cover and a separate switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks as a wet or dry bain marie, with elements submerged in the water bath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakes 5 x GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep, with a perforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control and display, plus a temperature-reached indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage cabinet underneath with sliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel, streamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors for moving and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: FED Thermaster PG180FE-XG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 5 x GN 1\/1, up to 150mm deep (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1800 W x 790 D x 1280 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 143 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2.75 kW, 240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel with tempered glass canopy, on castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1850 x 840 x 1400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated at 15 A, so it needs a 15 A power point. If you only have standard 10 A outlets, a licensed electrician will need to install one. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED says it is a hot food holding cabinet and is not designed to heat food, so load it with food that is already hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's not included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN pans are not included. FED says pans and dividers must be fitted at all times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the carton is about 1850 x 840 x 1400 mm. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking, so check your doorways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: smaller 1460mm display for 4 x GN 1\/1 pans, runs on 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg210fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG210FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: larger 2140mm display for 6 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fe-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: same 5-pan size without the canopy, 845mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fa-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FA-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: matching 1800mm cold salad and noodle bar, +1°C to +5°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWill it plug into a normal power point?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is rated at 15 A (2.75 kW), so it needs a 15 A outlet. A licensed electrician can fit one if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan it run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It works wet or dry. It also has a built-in water inlet and outlet with hoses for filling and draining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it suitable for cooking?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is for holding hot food at serving temperature, not for cooking or reheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67484532900068,"sku":"PG180FE-XG","price":4156.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pg180fe-xg-06.jpg?v=1791339920"},{"product_id":"thermaster-pg210fe-xg","title":"FED Thermaster PG210FE-XG - Heated Bain Marie Display with Glass Canopy 6x GN 1\/1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFED Thermaster PG210FE-XG - Heated Bain Marie Display with Glass Canopy 6x GN 1\/1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the widest hot food line-up in this Thermaster range, the PG210FE-XG holds 6 x GN 1\/1 pans under a tempered glass canopy across 2140mm. It suits food courts, canteens, clubs and busy takeaways, holding cooked food at +35°C to +85°C wet or dry, with a halogen heat lamp overhead and clear sliding doors for serving. It takes one more pan than the 1800mm PG180FE-XG, and underneath there is an ambient storage cabinet with two sliding doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 x GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep, with a perforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTempered glass canopy with clear sliding doors for the serving area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen heating lamp with light cover and its own switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet or dry operation, with elements submerged in the water bath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvective thermal airflow and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control and display, with a temperature-reached light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage cabinet underneath with sliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel on castors, streamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: FED Thermaster PG210FE-XG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan capacity: 6 x GN 1\/1, up to 150mm deep (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 2140 W x 790 D x 1280 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 175 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 3.05 kW, 240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel with tempered glass canopy, on castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 2230 x 840 x 1370 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e this is a long unit. The carton is about 2230mm long and the bain marie weighs 175 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking, so measure doorways, hallways and corners first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated at 15 A, so it needs a 15 A power point. A licensed electrician can install one if needed. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED says it is a hot food holding cabinet, not designed to heat food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's not included:\u003c\/strong\u003e GN pans are not included, and pans and dividers must be fitted at all times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: 1800mm display for 5 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fe-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: compact 1460mm display for 4 x GN 1\/1 pans, runs on 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg180fe-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG180FE-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: open-top 1800mm bain marie without canopy, 845mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg210fa-xg\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG210FA-XG\u003c\/a\u003e: matching 2140mm cold salad and noodle bar for 6 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pans does it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix GN 1\/1 pans up to 150mm deep. Pans are not included; \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e for a price on a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power supply does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 15 A power point on 240V. It draws 3.05 kW, so a standard 10 A outlet is not enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. A licensed electrician should fit any new outlet, and a licensed plumber should handle any permanent water or drain connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years parts and labour, plus an extra 2 years on parts when you register the product with FED within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67484533063908,"sku":"PG210FE-XG","price":4921.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pg210fe-xg-1.jpg?v=1791339923"},{"product_id":"electmax-efs-8","title":"Electmax EFS-8 - Electric Fries Station 800mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectmax EFS-8 - Electric Fries Station 800mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EFS-8 is an 800mm freestanding fries station that keeps chips and other fried food hot and crisp between the fryer and the customer. Ceramic top heaters and four lamps keep heat on the food from above, a heated dump pan works from below, and a divider keeps different products apart. It plugs into a standard 10 A power point, and the EFS-10 is the wider 1000mm version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeramic top heating elements (2 x 550 W) and four lamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated dump pan with a dedicated bottom heater (110 W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivider to keep different products separate in the dump pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDump basket with a raised edge and a pre-pack area for easier cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront stainless steel box with 2 x 1\/3 GN pans, 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolycarbonate shield and top cover plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage cabinet underneath with hinged doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull stainless steel construction on adjustable stainless legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Electmax EFS-8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop heaters: 2 x 550 W ceramic, plus 4 lamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDump pan heater: 110 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 800 W x 720 D x 1500 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 68 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.45 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans included: 2 x 1\/3 GN, 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 840 x 920 x 1640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it runs on 240V single-phase and plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e the manual says to stand it on a firm, level, non-combustible surface, indoors only, with about 150mm between the back of the unit and the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is 1500mm tall and ships packed at about 840 x 920 x 1640 mm. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking, so check door heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/electmax-efs-10\"\u003eElectmax EFS-10\u003c\/a\u003e: wider 1000mm fries station with a glass board and 3 front GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/frymax-vx15e\"\u003eFrymax VX15E\u003c\/a\u003e: freestanding chip dump and fry warming station from FED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-310e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-310E\u003c\/a\u003e: compact stainless steel chip warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it plug into a normal power point?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It runs on 240V at 1.45 kW and draws 10 A, so it suits a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the GN pans included?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The front stainless steel box comes with two 1\/3 GN pans, 150mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I keep chips and other fried food apart?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The dump pan has a divider so you can hold different products side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/commercial-deep-fryers\"\u003ecommercial deep fryers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67487806554340,"sku":"EFS-8","price":1761.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/efs-8_1.png?v=1791351487"},{"product_id":"electmax-efs-10","title":"Electmax EFS-10 - Electric Fries Station 1000mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectmax EFS-10 - Electric Fries Station 1000mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EFS-10 is a 1000mm fries station for fish and chip shops, burger bars and takeaways that need plenty of holding space at the pass. Infrared ceramic heaters and four 60 W lamps sit over the dump pan, with a mirror-polished radiant plate to make the most of the heat, and a perforated pan lets excess oil drain away. It is 200mm wider than the EFS-8 and adds a third front GN pan and a 6mm glass board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfrared ceramic top heaters plus four 60 W heat lamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMirror-polished radiant plate behind the heaters to improve efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated dump pan (110 W) with a partition to separate different foods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDump pan can be swapped for a wire rack; perforated pan removes excess oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront stainless steel box with 2 x 1\/3 and 1 x 1\/6 GN pans, 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6mm thick glass board and top cover plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage cabinet underneath with hinged doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel structure on adjustable stainless legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Electmax EFS-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop heat: infrared ceramic heaters and 4 x 60 W lamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDump pan heater: 110 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1000 W x 720 D x 1500 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 85 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.45 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans included: 2 x 1\/3 GN and 1 x 1\/6 GN, 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 840 x 1150 x 1640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it runs on 240V single-phase power and plugs into a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e the manual calls for a firm, level, non-combustible surface, indoor use only, and about 150mm clear between the back of the unit and the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the carton is about 840 x 1150 x 1640 mm and the unit weighs 85 kg. Delivery is by tailgate truck to the front of your premises; standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/electmax-efs-8\"\u003eElectmax EFS-8\u003c\/a\u003e: 800mm fries station with a polycarbonate shield and 2 front GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/frymax-vx15e\"\u003eFrymax VX15E\u003c\/a\u003e: freestanding chip dump and fry warming station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/anvil-cda1003\"\u003eAnvil CDA1003\u003c\/a\u003e: chip warmer with top and bottom heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStandard 240V single-phase. It is rated at 1.45 kW and 10 A, so it plugs into a normal 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhich GN pans come with it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe front stainless steel box comes with two 1\/3 GN pans and one 1\/6 GN pan, all 150mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I use a rack instead of the dump pan?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. FED says the dump pan can be interchanged with a wire rack, and a perforated pan helps drain excess oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/commercial-deep-fryers\"\u003ecommercial deep fryers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67487806587108,"sku":"EFS-10","price":1897.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/efs-10_1.jpg?v=1791351488"},{"product_id":"benchstar-dh-310e","title":"Benchstar DH-310E - Stainless Steel Chip Warmer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar DH-310E - Stainless Steel Chip Warmer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar DH-310E is a compact, all stainless steel chip warmer for fish and chip shops, takeaways and cafes that need to hold cooked chips hot next to the fryer. Two 450W Incoloy elements and a quartz light heat from above, over a 1\/1 GN base with a perforated tray insert. At just 330mm wide it fits into tight spaces on the line, and it plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop heat from dual 450W Incoloy elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuartz light to keep food on show\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1\/1 GN base with a perforated tray insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 330mm wide footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRuns on a standard 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar DH-310E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 1 x 1\/1 GN base with perforated insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 330 W x 560 D x 500 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating: 2 x 450W Incoloy elements, top heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1 kW, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 400 x 670 x 570 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 1\/1 GN base and the perforated tray insert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is packed at 400 x 670 x 570 mm and delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/electmax-efs-8\"\u003eElectmax EFS-8\u003c\/a\u003e: larger 800mm electric fries station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/electmax-efs-10\"\u003eElectmax EFS-10\u003c\/a\u003e: 1000mm electric fries station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hsw600\"\u003eBenchstar HSW600\u003c\/a\u003e: 609mm overhead strip warmer, 500W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow does it keep chips hot?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo 450W Incoloy elements heat from above, with a quartz light, while the chips sit in a 1\/1 GN base with a perforated tray insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs the tray included?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It comes with the 1\/1 GN base and a perforated tray insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 240V 10 A power point. It is rated at 1 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/commercial-deep-fryers\"\u003ecommercial deep fryers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489441972452,"sku":"DH-310E","price":373.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/dh-310e_1.jpg?v=1791356741"},{"product_id":"benchstar-pw-rt-380-tge","title":"Benchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 40 Pies","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 40 Pies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShort on counter space? The Benchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE is the narrowest pie warmer in the PW-RT range, under 400mm wide, yet it still holds about 40 pies on two shelves. It suits cafes, delis, bakeries and service stations that want hot pies on show beside the register. It heats to +110°C, has a humidity reservoir to keep pastry from drying out, and loads through a rear door, while the bigger 660, 900 and 1200mm models add a third shelf and sliding doors front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds about 40 pies on 2 adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range +30°C to +110°C, with an easy-to-read temperature gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable humidity water reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToughened front and rear glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear door opening so staff can load and serve from behind the counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen downlights and an advertising lightbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow energy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: about 40 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 390 W x 465 D x 658 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 33 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.2 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 1 (rear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 530 x 600 x 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBench space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it takes up just 390 x 465mm of counter, but leave room behind it so staff can open the rear door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHumidity:\u003c\/strong\u003e fill the water reservoir each day so pies and sausage rolls stay moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is packed at 530 x 600 x 740 mm and delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-660-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: 660mm wide, 3 shelves, about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-900-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm wide, 3 shelves, about 90 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-1200-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm wide, 3 shelves, about 100 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-580e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-580E\u003c\/a\u003e: pie warmer with 4 shelves, about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan customers help themselves?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This model has one door, at the rear, so it is set up for staff to serve from behind the counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt runs at 1.2 kW on 240V and plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs it only for pies?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a hot food display, so you can also use it for sausage rolls, pasties and other hot savoury snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489534574820,"sku":"PW-RT\/380\/TGE","price":756.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pw-rt_380-03.jpg?v=1791357061"},{"product_id":"benchstar-pw-rt-660-tge","title":"Benchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 3 Shelves, 660mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 3 Shelves, 660mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE is a mid-size pie warmer for cafes, bakeries and takeaways that want a good range on show without giving up too much counter. Three adjustable shelves hold about 60 pies, pasties and sausage rolls behind toughened glass, with sliding doors front and rear. It sits between the compact 380mm model and the 900mm and 1200mm units, and runs on a standard 10 A plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 adjustable display shelves, about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermostatic control from +30°C to +80°C, with an easy-to-read temperature gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHumidity water reservoir to stop pastry drying out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToughened glass sliding doors front and rear, edge-protected on metal runners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen downlights and a lightbox for your signage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow energy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 660 W x 440 D x 655 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.84 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 glass sliding doors (front and rear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 620 x 770 x 750 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-serve or counter service:\u003c\/strong\u003e with doors at the front and rear, you can place it on a front counter for customers to help themselves, or behind the counter for staff to serve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHumidity:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep the water reservoir topped up during trading so pastry stays moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is packed at 620 x 770 x 750 mm and delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-380-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: compact 2 shelf model for about 40 pies, rear door only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-900-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm wide, 3 shelves, about 90 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-1200-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm wide, about 100 pies, heats to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-580e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-580E\u003c\/a\u003e: 4 shelf pie warmer, about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat temperature does it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe thermostat adjusts from +30°C to +80°C, and the front gauge shows the cabinet temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I move the shelves?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 3 display shelves are adjustable, so you can space them for taller items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it need a special power point?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It runs at 1.84 kW and plugs into a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489574551780,"sku":"PW-RT\/660\/TGE","price":841.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pw-rt_660-07.jpg?v=1791357165"},{"product_id":"benchstar-pw-rt-900-1e","title":"Benchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 3 Shelves, 900mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 3 Shelves, 900mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a cafe, bakery or deli that sells pies all day, the Benchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E gives you a 900mm wide display with three adjustable shelves for about 90 pies. Toughened glass sliding doors front and rear let staff load from behind while customers see the full range, and a humidity reservoir keeps pastry moist. It holds more than the 660mm model on the same 10 A plug, while the 1200mm model steps up to about 100 pies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 adjustable display shelves, about 90 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermostatic control from +30°C to +80°C, with an easy-to-read temperature gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHumidity water reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdge-protected glass sliding doors front and rear, on metal runners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen downlights and a lightbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow energy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: about 90 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900 W x 480 D x 610 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.84 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: glass sliding doors front and rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 550 x 1000 x 680 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBench space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow a counter at least 900mm long, with room behind for staff to slide the rear doors open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHumidity:\u003c\/strong\u003e top up the water reservoir daily so pies and pastries don't dry out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the box is 1000mm long. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, so check your doorways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-660-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: 660mm wide, 3 shelves, about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-1200-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm wide, about 100 pies, heats to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-380-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: compact 2 shelf model for about 40 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-805e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-805E\u003c\/a\u003e: 4 shelf pie warmer, 865mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pies will it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED rates it at about 90 pies over 3 shelves, depending on the size of your product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan it be used for self-serve?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The sliding glass doors at the front and rear mean it can face customers or staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt draws 1.84 kW on 240V and plugs into a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489574912228,"sku":"PW-RT\/900\/1E","price":884.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pw-rt_900-03.jpg?v=1791357166"},{"product_id":"benchstar-pw-rt-1200-1e","title":"Benchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 100 Pies, 1200mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 100 Pies, 1200mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E is the largest pie warmer in the PW-RT range, built for busy bakeries, cafes, service stations and canteens. Three shelves hold about 100 pies behind toughened front and rear glass, with sliding doors on both sides so staff can load from the back and serve from the front. At 1200mm wide it holds more than double the compact 380mm model, and it heats up to +110°C with a humidity reservoir to stop pastry drying out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds about 100 pies on 3 adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range +30°C to +110°C, with an easy-to-read temperature gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable humidity water reservoir to keep pastry moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToughened front and rear glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdge-protected glass sliding doors front and rear, on metal runners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen downlights and an advertising lightbox to show off your range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow energy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: about 100 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1200 W x 490 D x 810 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 70 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2.2 kW, 240V, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 glass sliding doors (front and rear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1250 x 590 x 910 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1250mm long and weighs around 70 kg before packaging, so plan for two people and check your doorways. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED's 2027 guide lists it at 2.2 kW on 240V, 10 A, so it suits a standard power point. Give it its own outlet rather than sharing a power board with other heating equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBench space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs a sturdy counter at least 1200mm long and 490mm deep, with room behind it for staff to open the rear doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHumidity:\u003c\/strong\u003e top up the water reservoir each day so pies and pastries stay moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-900-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm wide, 3 shelves, about 90 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-660-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: 660mm wide, 3 shelves, about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-380-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: compact 2 shelf model for about 40 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-805e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-805E\u003c\/a\u003e: pie warmer with 4 shelves, 865mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pies does it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED rates it at about 100 pies across 3 shelves. The exact number depends on the size of your pies and pastries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan staff load it from behind the counter?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It has glass sliding doors at the front and the rear, so you can load from the back and serve from either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow hot does it get?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe thermostat runs from +30°C to +110°C, and the gauge on the front shows the cabinet temperature at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489574944996,"sku":"PW-RT\/1200\/1E","price":1258.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/pw-rt12001e-01.jpg?v=1791357167"},{"product_id":"benchstar-dh-580e","title":"Benchstar DH-580E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 60 Pies, 4 Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar DH-580E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 60 Pies, 4 Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar DH-580E is a compact countertop pie warmer for cafes, bakeries, delis and service stations. Four fixed shelves hold about 60 pies behind toughened glass, front and back, with sliding glass doors for serving. A thermostat holds +30°C to +80°C and an easy-to-read gauge shows the temperature at a glance. It is 640mm wide and plugs into a standard 10 A power point. For a wider cabinet, see the 865mm DH-805E.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 fixed display shelves, each 569 x 300mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermostat control from +30°C to +80°C, with an easy-to-read temperature gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToughened glass front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo sliding glass doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrumb tray at the bottom for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar DH-580E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: about 60 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 4 x 569 x 300 mm, fixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 640 W x 360 D x 526 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 21 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1 kW, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding glass doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs 640mm of counter width and is only 360mm deep, so it suits narrow serving counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is a countertop unit about 640mm wide and 21 kg, delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-805e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-805E\u003c\/a\u003e: wider 865mm cabinet with 794mm shelves, 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-380-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/380\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: smaller pie warmer, about 40 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-660-tge\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/660\/TGE\u003c\/a\u003e: 660mm pie warmer with 3 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pies does it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 60 pies across its four 569 x 300mm shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The four shelves are fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 240V 10 A power point. It is rated at 1 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year return to base. If a fault occurs, the unit needs to be taken or sent to an authorised FED agent to be fixed under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489575502052,"sku":"DH-580E","price":544.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/dh-580e-01.png?v=1791357168"},{"product_id":"benchstar-dh-805e","title":"Benchstar DH-805E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 4 Shelves, 865mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar DH-805E - Pie Warmer and Hot Food Display, 4 Shelves, 865mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar DH-805E is a wider countertop pie warmer for cafes, bakeries and takeaways that sell pies, pasties and sausage rolls in volume. Its fixed 794 x 300mm shelves sit behind toughened glass front and back, with sliding glass doors, and FED rates the cabinet at up to 100 pies. A thermostat holds +30°C to +80°C with an easy-to-read gauge, and at 1.5 kW it still plugs into a standard 10 A power point. It is the bigger sister of the 640mm DH-580E.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide 794 x 300mm fixed display shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated by FED at up to 100 pies, 100 litre gross volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermostat control from +30°C to +80°C, with an easy-to-read temperature gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToughened glass front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo sliding glass doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrumb tray at the bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar DH-805E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: up to 100 pies, 100 L gross volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 794 x 300 mm, fixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 865 W x 360 D x 621 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 35 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.5 kW, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors: 2 sliding glass doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter space:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow 865mm of counter width. It is only 360mm deep, so it suits narrow counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is a countertop unit of about 35 kg, delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-dh-580e\"\u003eBenchstar DH-580E\u003c\/a\u003e: smaller 640mm cabinet, about 60 pies on 4 shelves, 1 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-900-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/900\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 900mm pie warmer with 3 shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-pw-rt-1200-1e\"\u003eBenchstar PW-RT\/1200\/1E\u003c\/a\u003e: 1200mm pie warmer, about 100 pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pies does it hold?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED rates it at up to 100 pies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it need a 15 A outlet?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is rated at 1.5 kW on a standard 240V 10 A plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I adjust the shelf heights?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The shelves are fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year return to base. If a fault occurs, the unit needs to be taken or sent to an authorised FED agent to be fixed under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489575862500,"sku":"DH-805E","price":705.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/dh-580e-01_1.png?v=1791357169"},{"product_id":"benchstar-hcw-3","title":"Benchstar HCW-3 - Dual Zone Heated Counter Warmer, 3 Pans","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar HCW-3 - Dual Zone Heated Counter Warmer, 3 Pans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar HCW-3 gives cafes, takeaways and convenience stores two holding conditions in one 914mm cabinet. Dry heat on the top shelf keeps fried food crisp, while humid heat on the bottom shelf keeps pies and pastries moist. Clear flip doors show the food to customers at the front and let staff load from the rear, and a digital display helps you monitor that food stays above 60°C (range +30°C to +85°C). It holds 2 top pans and 1 bottom pan, and needs a 15 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-zone holding: dry heat on top for fried food, humid heat below for pies and pastries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear see-through flip doors, front display for customers and rear loading for staff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature display, range +30°C to +85°C, to help keep food above 60°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic water refill system with manual bypass, plus a drainage pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloat switch stops heating when the water level is low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf spacing of 325mm upper and 390mm lower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom-access mica heaters and a separate lighting switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel construction, with perforated pans for even steam distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar HCW-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans: 2 top (dry zone), 316 x 436 mm; 1 bottom (humid zone), 400 x 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 914 W x 690 D x 857 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 56 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2840W, 240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1050 x 840 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs a 240V 15 A outlet, not a standard power point. If you don't have one, it must be installed by a licensed electrician. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater and drain:\u003c\/strong\u003e the humid zone uses an automatic water refill and a drainage pipe. Any water supply or drain connection must be made by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1050 x 840 x 890 mm and the warmer weighs 56 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-4\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1219mm with 2 top and 2 bottom pans, hard-wired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-5\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-5\u003c\/a\u003e: 1536mm with 2 top and 3 bottom pans, hard-wired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-100\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-100\u003c\/a\u003e: 1016mm hot food display with two angled shelves, on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhy two zones?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFried foods stay crisp in dry heat, while pies and pastries stay moist in humid heat. The HCW-3 gives you both in one cabinet: dry on top, humid on the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat happens if the water runs low?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA float switch stops the heating when the water level is low, and the automatic refill system tops it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It needs a 15 A outlet installed by a licensed electrician if you don't have one, and any water or drain connection made by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489575960804,"sku":"HCW-3","price":2116.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hcw-3_main.png?v=1791357170"},{"product_id":"benchstar-hcw-4","title":"Benchstar HCW-4 - Dual Zone Heated Counter Warmer, 4 Pans","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar HCW-4 - Dual Zone Heated Counter Warmer, 4 Pans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar HCW-4 is a 1219mm dual-zone hot food display that holds 2 pans on the top shelf and 2 on the bottom. The top zone uses dry heat to keep chips, chicken and other fried food crisp, and the bottom zone uses humid heat to stop pies and pastries drying out. Clear flip doors give customers a front-facing view while staff load from behind, and the digital display helps you monitor that food stays above 60°C. It is rated at 4080W and hard-wired to a 240V supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-zone holding: dry heat on the top shelf, humid heat on the bottom shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds 2 top pans and 2 bottom pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear see-through flip doors with front display and rear loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature display, range +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic water refill with manual bypass, plus a drainage pipe for wastewater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloat switch prevents heating when the water level is low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf spacing of 325mm upper and 390mm lower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom-access mica heaters, independent lighting switch, all stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar HCW-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans: 2 top (dry zone), 2 bottom (humid zone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1219 W x 690 D x 857 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 4080W, 240V, hard-wired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1300 x 840 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is hard-wired, so it must be connected by a licensed electrician on a suitable 240V circuit. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater and drain:\u003c\/strong\u003e the humid zone uses an automatic water refill and a drainage pipe. Any water supply or drain connection must be made by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1300 x 840 x 890 mm and the warmer weighs 75 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or lifting it into place, so check doorways and arrange help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-3\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-3\u003c\/a\u003e: 914mm with 2 top and 1 bottom pan, on a 15 A outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-5\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-5\u003c\/a\u003e: 1536mm with 2 top and 3 bottom pans, hard-wired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-120\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-120\u003c\/a\u003e: 1216mm hot food display with two angled shelves, on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I plug it in?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. At 4080W it is hard-wired, so a licensed electrician must connect it. The smaller HCW-3 runs on a 15 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhich foods go on which shelf?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePut fried foods on the dry-heat top shelf to keep them crisp, and pies and pastries on the humid bottom shelf to keep them moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It must be connected by a licensed electrician, and any water or drain connection made by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489603092708,"sku":"HCW-4","price":2286.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hcw-4_main.png?v=1791357235"},{"product_id":"benchstar-hcw-5","title":"Benchstar HCW-5 - Dual Zone Heated Counter Warmer, 5 Pans","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar HCW-5 - Dual Zone Heated Counter Warmer, 5 Pans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar HCW-5 is the largest of Benchstar's dual-zone heated counter warmers, a 1536mm cabinet for busy takeaways, service stations and convenience stores. It holds 2 pans on the dry-heat top shelf for crisp fried food and 3 pans on the humid bottom shelf for moist pies and pastries, all 400 x 600mm. Clear flip doors give a front-facing display with rear loading for staff, and the digital display helps keep food above 60°C. Rated at 4080W, it is hard-wired to a 240V supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-zone holding: dry heat on top, humid heat below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds 2 top pans and 3 bottom pans, each 400 x 600mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear see-through flip doors, front display and rear loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature display, range +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic water refill with manual bypass, and a drainage pipe for easy wastewater removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloat switch prevents heating when the water level is low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e325mm upper and 390mm lower shelf spacing for different product heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom-access mica heaters, independent lighting switch, all stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar HCW-5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans: 2 top (dry zone) and 3 bottom (humid zone), 400 x 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1536 W x 690 D x 857 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 94 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 4080W, 240V, hard-wired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1620 x 840 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is hard-wired, so it must be connected by a licensed electrician on a suitable 240V circuit. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater and drain:\u003c\/strong\u003e the humid zone uses an automatic water refill and a drainage pipe. Any water supply or drain connection must be made by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1620 x 840 x 890 mm and the warmer weighs 94 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or lifting it onto the counter, so check doorways and arrange enough people or lifting gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-4\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1219mm with 2 top and 2 bottom pans, hard-wired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-3\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-3\u003c\/a\u003e: 914mm with 2 top and 1 bottom pan, on a 15 A outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-150\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-150\u003c\/a\u003e: 1516mm hot food display with two angled shelves, on a 15 A outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many pans does it take?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFive in total: 2 on the dry-heat top shelf and 3 on the humid bottom shelf, each 400 x 600mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it need a water connection?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has an automatic water refill system (with a manual bypass) and a drainage pipe for the humid zone. Any water supply or drain connection must be made by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. It must be connected by a licensed electrician, and any plumbing done by a licensed plumber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489604468964,"sku":"HCW-5","price":2541.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/hcw-5_main.png?v=1791357236"},{"product_id":"benchstar-ehw-100","title":"Benchstar EHW-100 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1000mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar EHW-100 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1000mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar EHW-100 is a 1016mm wide hot food merchandiser for cafes, delis, convenience stores and takeaways selling pies, pastries, sausage rolls, wrapped burgers and hot snacks. Two angled shelves, each 880 x 550mm, put the food on show, and the thermostat (+30°C to +110°C) holds it above 60°C for compliant hot holding. LED lighting, adjustable divider rods and separate heat and light switches make it easy to run, and it plugs into a standard 10 A power point. It is the smallest of four widths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo angled display shelves, 880 x 550mm, for better product visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds food above +60°C, with thermostat control from +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable divider rods to suit different product sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e211mm shelf clearance for larger containers and stacked items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent on\/off switches for heat and light, plus a heating indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction on anti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar EHW-100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 x 880 x 550 mm, angled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf clearance: 211 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1016 W x 626 D x 851 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 69 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2168W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1060 x 670 x 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED states that its heated units are for hot food holding only and are not designed to heat food. Load it with food that is already cooked and hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1060 x 670 x 900 mm and the warmer weighs 69 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or unpacking, so arrange help to lift it onto your counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-120\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-120\u003c\/a\u003e: 1216mm wide with 1080 x 550mm shelves, also on 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-150\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-150\u003c\/a\u003e: 1516mm wide with 1380 x 550mm shelves, needs 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-180\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-180\u003c\/a\u003e: 1816mm wide with 1680 x 550mm shelves, needs 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-3\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-3\u003c\/a\u003e: dual-zone heated counter warmer with dry and humid heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I heat food from cold in it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. FED designs it for hot holding only, so put food in already cooked and hot. It keeps it above 60°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I fit tall items or stacked boxes?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach shelf has 211mm of clearance, and the divider rods adjust to suit different product sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 240V 10 A power point. It is rated at 2168W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489604534500,"sku":"EHW-100","price":2796.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/ehw-100.png?v=1791495945"},{"product_id":"benchstar-ehw-120","title":"Benchstar EHW-120 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1200mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar EHW-120 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1200mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 1216mm wide, the Benchstar EHW-120 is the largest model in this hot food merchandiser range that still runs on a standard 10 A plug. Its two angled shelves (1080 x 550mm each) show off pies, pastries, sausage rolls and wrapped burgers in cafes, delis, convenience stores and takeaways, while the thermostat (+30°C to +110°C) keeps food above 60°C for compliant hot holding. LED lights, adjustable divider rods and separate heat and light switches round it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo angled display shelves, 1080 x 550mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains food above +60°C, thermostat range +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable divider rods for different product sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e211mm shelf clearance suits larger containers and stacked items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent switches for heat and light, with a heating indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHygienic, hard-wearing stainless steel on anti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar EHW-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 x 1080 x 550 mm, angled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf clearance: 211 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1216 W x 626 D x 851 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 81 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2168W, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1260 x 670 x 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED states that its heated units are for hot food holding only and are not designed to heat food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e plugs into a standard 240V 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1260 x 670 x 900 mm and the warmer weighs 81 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises, and standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or lifting it onto the counter, so check doorways and arrange help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-100\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-100\u003c\/a\u003e: 1016mm wide with 880 x 550mm shelves, on 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-150\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-150\u003c\/a\u003e: 1516mm wide with 1380 x 550mm shelves, needs 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-180\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-180\u003c\/a\u003e: 1816mm wide with 1680 x 550mm shelves, needs 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-4\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-4\u003c\/a\u003e: 1219mm dual-zone heated counter warmer with flip doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it need a 15 A outlet?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The EHW-120 is rated at 2168W on a standard 10 A plug. The wider EHW-150 and EHW-180 need 15 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I switch the lights off and keep the heat on?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Heat and light have separate on\/off switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWill it keep food at a safe temperature?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED designed it to keep food above 60°C for compliant hot holding, as long as food goes in already hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489604632804,"sku":"EHW-120","price":3221.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/ehw-120.png?v=1791495945"},{"product_id":"benchstar-ehw-150","title":"Benchstar EHW-150 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1500mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar EHW-150 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1500mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar EHW-150 is a 1516mm hot food merchandiser for convenience stores, service stations, delis and busy takeaways that want a long, eye-catching run of hot food on the counter. Two angled shelves of 1380 x 550mm hold pies, pastries, sausage rolls and wrapped burgers above 60°C, with thermostat control from +30°C to +110°C, LED lighting and adjustable divider rods. It draws 2968W, so unlike the EHW-100 and EHW-120 it needs a 15 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo angled display shelves, 1380 x 550mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps food above +60°C for compliant hot holding, thermostat +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable divider rods for different product sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e211mm shelf clearance for larger containers and stacked items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate on\/off switches for heat and light, with a heating indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction on anti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar EHW-150\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 x 1380 x 550 mm, angled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf clearance: 211 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1516 W x 626 D x 851 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 92 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2968W, 240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1560 x 670 x 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs a 240V 15 A outlet, not a standard power point. If you don't have one, it must be installed by a licensed electrician. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED states that its heated units are for hot food holding only and are not designed to heat food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1560 x 670 x 900 mm and the warmer weighs 92 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside or lifting it onto your counter, so check doorways and arrange enough people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-120\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-120\u003c\/a\u003e: 1216mm wide with 1080 x 550mm shelves, on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-180\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-180\u003c\/a\u003e: 1816mm wide with 1680 x 550mm shelves, also 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-100\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-100\u003c\/a\u003e: 1016mm wide, on a 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-5\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-5\u003c\/a\u003e: 1536mm dual-zone heated counter warmer, hard-wired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power point does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 240V 15 A outlet. If you don't have one, a licensed electrician must install it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow much can I display?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has two angled shelves of 1380 x 550mm, each with 211mm of clearance and adjustable divider rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan it cook or reheat food?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. FED designs it for hot holding only, keeping food that is already hot above 60°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489605976292,"sku":"EHW-150","price":3901.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/ehw-150-02.jpg?v=1791357239"},{"product_id":"benchstar-ehw-180","title":"Benchstar EHW-180 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1800mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar EHW-180 - Hot Food Display Warmer, 2 Angled Shelves, 1800mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe biggest of Benchstar's EHW hot food merchandisers, the EHW-180 runs 1816mm along the counter with two long angled shelves of 1680 x 550mm. It suits convenience stores, service stations and quick service restaurants that display a wide range of pies, pastries, sausage rolls and wrapped burgers, and it holds food above 60°C with thermostat control from +30°C to +110°C. LED lighting, divider rods and separate heat and light switches come standard. It needs a 15 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo long angled display shelves, 1680 x 550mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains food above +60°C, thermostat range +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable divider rods for different product sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e211mm shelf clearance for larger containers and stacked items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent switches for heat and light, with a heating indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction on anti-slip rubber feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar EHW-180\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 x 1680 x 550 mm, angled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf clearance: 211 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1816 W x 626 D x 851 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 107 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +110°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2968W, 240V, 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 1860 x 670 x 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it needs a 240V 15 A outlet, not a standard power point. If you don't have one, it must be installed by a licensed electrician. We supply the equipment only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e the packed unit is 1860mm long and the warmer weighs 107 kg. It is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises. Standard delivery doesn't include bringing it inside, up stairs or lifting it onto the counter, so check doorways and corners and arrange enough people or lifting equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter:\u003c\/strong\u003e make sure your counter is at least 1816mm long and 626mm deep, and strong enough for 107 kg plus food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding only:\u003c\/strong\u003e FED states that its heated units are for hot food holding only and are not designed to heat food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-150\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-150\u003c\/a\u003e: 1516mm wide with 1380 x 550mm shelves, also 15 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-ehw-120\"\u003eBenchstar EHW-120\u003c\/a\u003e: 1216mm wide, on a standard 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-hcw-5\"\u003eBenchstar HCW-5\u003c\/a\u003e: 1536mm dual-zone heated counter warmer with dry and humid zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat power does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 240V 15 A outlet, as it is rated at 2968W. If you don't have one, a licensed electrician must install it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it keep food at a safe temperature?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFED designed it to keep food above 60°C for compliant hot holding, as long as the food goes in already hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo you install it?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe supply the equipment only. If you need a 15 A outlet, it must be installed by a licensed electrician in your area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489606041828,"sku":"EHW-180","price":4581.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/ehw-180_1.jpg?v=1791357239"},{"product_id":"benchstar-zck165bt-1","title":"Benchstar ZCK165BT-1 - Benchtop Heated Bain Marie with Tap, 1\/1 GN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchstar ZCK165BT-1 - Benchtop Heated Bain Marie with Tap, 1\/1 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar ZCK165BT-1 is a compact single-well bain marie for cafes, buffets and caterers who need to keep one pan of soup, sauce, curry or gravy hot on the bench. It comes with a 150mm deep 1\/1 GN pan and lid, holds +30°C to +80°C on a simple analogue control, and plugs into a standard 10 A power point. The element sits hidden away from the water tank, and the drain valve (the tap) makes emptying it at the end of the day easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a 150mm deep 1\/1 GN pan and lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control from +30°C to +80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo exposed elements: the element is separate from the tank, which FED says improves safety, prevents corrosion and makes cleaning easier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain valve for emptying the water bath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall 360mm wide footprint for a bench, servery or buffet line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for wet use (always run with water in the tank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Benchstar ZCK165BT-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 1 x 1\/1 GN pan, 150mm deep (pan and lid included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 360 W x 590 D x 240 H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +30°C to +80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: analogue thermostat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.2 kW, 240V, 10 A plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size for delivery: 385 x 640 x 290 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know before you buy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet use only:\u003c\/strong\u003e always fill the tank with water before switching it on. FED states the warranty is void if the unit is run dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e it draws 1.2 kW and plugs into a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 1\/1 GN pan, 150mm deep, with a lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess:\u003c\/strong\u003e it is a small benchtop unit, packed at 385 x 640 x 290 mm, and is delivered by tailgate truck to the front of your premises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompare similar models:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/benchstar-edw-1gn\"\u003eBenchstar EDW-1GN\u003c\/a\u003e: a heated warming drawer for 1 x GN 1\/1, for holding food out of sight rather than serving from the bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/thermaster-pg150fe-xb\"\u003eFED Thermaster PG150FE-XB\u003c\/a\u003e: freestanding 1460mm wet and dry bain marie for 4 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/atosa-bm2\"\u003eAtosa BM2\u003c\/a\u003e: 740mm bain marie hot food display for 4 x 1\/2 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes it come with a pan?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is supplied with a 1\/1 GN pan that is 150mm deep, plus a lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I use it without water?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a wet bain marie only, and FED states the warranty is void if it is run dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat plug does it need?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 240V 10 A power point. It is rated at 1.2 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hot-food-display\"\u003ehot food displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year return to base. If a fault occurs, the unit needs to be taken or sent to an authorised FED agent to be fixed under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67489639071972,"sku":"ZCK165BT-1","price":288.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/files\/zck165bt-1-bain-marie_5647634b-e256-43a7-b613-4c9e157c57f6.jpg?v=1791357313"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0657\/8362\/8004\/collections\/collection-hot-food-display.jpg?v=1791489575","url":"https:\/\/refrigerationexperts.com.au\/collections\/hot-food-display.oembed?page=7","provider":"Refrigeration Experts","version":"1.0","type":"link"}